WO2023167291A1 - Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener - Google Patents
Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2023167291A1 WO2023167291A1 PCT/JP2023/007879 JP2023007879W WO2023167291A1 WO 2023167291 A1 WO2023167291 A1 WO 2023167291A1 JP 2023007879 W JP2023007879 W JP 2023007879W WO 2023167291 A1 WO2023167291 A1 WO 2023167291A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- blade
- slider
- male
- fitting
- rail fastener
- Prior art date
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A44—HABERDASHERY; JEWELLERY
- A44B—BUTTONS, PINS, BUCKLES, SLIDE FASTENERS, OR THE LIKE
- A44B19/00—Slide fasteners
- A44B19/10—Slide fasteners with a one-piece interlocking member on each stringer tape
- A44B19/16—Interlocking member having uniform section throughout the length of the stringer
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to rail fasteners, manufacturing methods thereof, and double fasteners.
- Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose rail fasteners in which a male fitting portion is press-fitted into a female fitting portion to form a vacuum seal.
- a female extrusion and a male extrusion are formed by extrusion.
- the female extrusion has a flat portion and a female mating portion rising therefrom.
- the male extrusion has a flat portion and a male mating portion upstanding therefrom.
- Patent Document 3 discloses manufacturing a hook-and-loop fastener containing a sheet material by supplying a coarse sheet material to a gap between a die wheel and a molten resin outlet of an injection die.
- sheet materials include woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, non-woven fabrics, wire meshes, and resin films (see paragraph 0024 of Patent Document 3).
- Patent Literature 4 also relates to hook-and-loop fasteners, and discloses providing a reinforcing layer made of hard resin in order to ensure engaging force in a wide temperature range.
- Patent Documents 5 and 6 disclose sliders for rail fasteners.
- Patent Documents 7 and 8 disclose a double fastener in which a fastener chain having a coiled element is attached to a rail fastener.
- a rail fastener includes a first stringer that includes a first mounting sheet and a first fitting portion, and a second stringer that includes a second mounting sheet and a second fitting portion.
- the two fitting portions are fitted to form a rail portion.
- the first mounting sheet includes a flexible first reinforcing sheet and a first mounting sheet extending from the first fitting portion to at least partially cover the first reinforcing sheet and made of the same resin as the resin of the first fitting portion.
- including a first skin consisting of:
- a second mounting sheet extends from the second fitting portion to at least partially cover the second reinforcing sheet, which is flexible, and is made of the same resin as the resin of the second fitting portion.
- a second skin consisting of Either of the following conditions (i) and (ii) are satisfied: (i) the first and second fitting portions are arranged so that the first reinforcing sheet is The first contact surface of the first skin portion located outside the inner edge of the seat and the second contact surface of the second skin portion located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet are the first and second contact surfaces of the second reinforcing sheet. and (ii) the first and second mating portions are configured to compressively contact each other between the second reinforcing sheets; A first contact surface of the first fitting portion located outside the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet, and a second contact surface of the second fitting portion located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet. are configured to press against each other between the first and second stiffening sheets.
- the first fitting portion is a male fitting portion including at least a male projection
- the second fitting portion has a receiving space for receiving the male projection. and a female mating shaped to prevent disengagement of the male projection from the receiving space.
- the female fitting can be provided such that the receiving space is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet.
- the female fitting portion has a locking projection provided with a locking surface that prevents the male projection from being detached from the female fitting portion, and the locking surface is provided with the second reinforcing sheet. can be positioned above.
- the female fitting includes lower and upper jaws arranged oppositely to define a receiving space.
- the lower jaw includes a lower locking projection projecting upward to have a lower locking surface and the upper jaw includes an upper locking projection projecting downward to have an upper locking surface.
- the male projection is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck and a head, the head having a lower locking portion projecting downward to have a lower locking surface and an upper locking surface. It has an upper locked portion projecting upward.
- a lower locking surface and an upper locking surface may be positioned on the second reinforcing sheet.
- the lower locking surface is angled to approach the junction of the lower and upper jaws as it extends upwards and the upper locking surface approaches the junction as it extends downwards.
- the lower locked surface is inclined for contact with the lower locking surface and the upper locked surface is inclined for contact with the upper locking surface.
- the first contact surface comprises a convex surface projecting outwardly of the inner edge of the first reinforcement sheet and/or the second contact surface comprises an inner surface of the second reinforcement sheet. It includes a convex surface projecting outwardly of the sheet beyond the edge.
- the male fitting further comprises a closure wall to which the male projection is coupled, wherein the male fitting and the female fitting are the male fitting and the female fitting.
- a second On the opposite side of the contact point the closure wall and the female mating portion are configured to have a third contact point where they press against each other.
- the female fitting includes a lower jaw and an upper jaw opposed to define a receiving space, wherein the upper jaw and the closure wall may press against each other at a third contact point.
- the male projection is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck and a head, the head including an upper latched portion and a lower latched portion.
- the lower jaw includes a lower locking projection to which the lower locked portion is locked, and the upper jaw includes an upper locking projection to which the upper locked portion is locked.
- the one or more first contact points are a contact point where the upper locked portion and the upper locking projection press against each other and contact, and a contact point where the lower locked portion and the lower locking projection press against each other. can include contact points that are touched by
- the length of the neck in the direction of insertion of the male projection into the receiving space of the female mating portion is such that the upper locking projection is sandwiched between the closing wall and the upper locked portion. at or less than the minimum value of this distance between the contact point of the upper locking projection and the lowest point of the upper locking surface at .
- each of the first and second reinforcing sheets comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, and knitted fabric; (b) both sides of the first reinforcing sheet are covered by the first skin portion and both sides of the second reinforcing sheet are covered by the second skin portion; and (c) the first skin on at least one side of the first reinforcing sheet.
- the layer thickness of the portion is equal to or less than the thickness of the first reinforcing sheet, and the layer thickness of the second skin portion on at least one surface of the second reinforcing sheet is equal to or less than the thickness of the second reinforcing sheet.
- the rail fastener further comprises a slider.
- the slider includes a first blade, a second blade, a connecting column extending vertically between the first blade and the second blade to connect the first blade and the second blade, and a first blade in the width direction of the slider.
- First and second side walls extending vertically from both side edges of the blade toward the second blade, and approaching each other in the width direction of the slider from the first and second side walls at a position away from the first blade. It may include first and second insert pieces protruding to align with each other. The first insert piece is inserted into the first guide groove of the first stringer, and the second insert piece is inserted into the second guide groove of the second stringer.
- the male fitting part and the female fitting part in the slider and/or (ii) the male fitting part and the female fitting part in a state of being completely fitted in the slider are spaced apart from the first blade plate arranged and spaced downward with respect to the second vane.
- the first mounting sheet and the second mounting sheet are attached to the first vane plate. positioned near.
- the female fitting includes a pair of opposing jaws to define a receiving space.
- Each of the pair of jaws contacts neither the first blade nor the second blade during the mating process of the male fitting and the female fitting within the slider.
- the first insert piece is provided to contact the first mounting sheet together with the distal end surface of the distal end portion of the first sidewall
- the second insert piece is provided to contact the distal end portion of the distal end portion of the second sidewall. It is provided to contact the second mounting sheet together with the surface.
- the slider further includes third and fourth sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the second blade in the width direction of the slider toward the first blade.
- the male and female fittings are compressed between the first and second sidewalls to fit within the slider.
- the spacing between the first insert piece and the second insert piece is such that the male mating portion and the female mating portion are between the first insert piece and the second insert piece during movement of the slider. It is set so that it is not compressed.
- the connecting post is positioned forward of the first and second sidewalls and offset rearwardly of the front ends of the first and second blades.
- the front end of the first blade has a first sloped surface that slopes away from the second blade as it moves away from the connecting post
- the front end of the second blade has a second sloped surface that slopes away from the first vane as it moves away from the connecting post
- the female fitting includes a pair of opposing jaws to define a receiving space. At least one of the first blade and the second blade has a receiving groove for receiving one of the pair of jaws displaced when the male and female mating portions are mated or unmated.
- a dual fastener includes any of the various rail fasteners described above, a fastener chain laminated to the rail fastener, a first wing, a second wing, a first wing and a second wing.
- a slider having a connecting post extending vertically between the first and second vanes for connecting the two vanes is included.
- the fastener chain includes a third stringer attached to the first stringer and a fourth stringer attached to the second stringer.
- the third and fourth stringers each include first and second coiled elements that synchronously engage mating male and female mating portions during advancement of the slider.
- the female fitting includes a lower jaw and an upper jaw opposed to define a receiving space, with the upper jaw positioned further from the second mounting sheet than the lower jaw.
- the first vane has a receiving groove that receives the upper jaw that is displaced when the male and female mating portions are mated or unmated.
- the receiving groove may extend linearly from a position adjacent the rear end of the connecting post until it reaches the rear end face of the first vane.
- the second vane has a convex partition extending rearwardly from the connecting post for restricting the vertical position of the first and second coiled elements in the engaged state.
- the groove is formed to have a width wider than or equal to that of the partition in the width direction of the slider.
- the slider further includes first and second sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the first blade in the width direction of the slider toward the second blade.
- the slider has a first raised portion raised from the first side wall toward the second side wall and a second raised portion raised from the second side wall toward the first side wall, the first raised portion and the second raised portion are placed opposite each other with a space that allows for deformation of the maxilla.
- the slider includes first and second sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the first blade in the width direction of the slider toward the second blade, and second sidewalls in the width direction of the slider. It includes third and fourth sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the blade toward the first blade.
- the male and female fittings are compressed between the first and second sidewalls to fit within the slider.
- the first and second coiled elements are engaged and disengaged between the third and fourth sidewalls without compression therebetween.
- the maximum spacing between the first and second side walls in the width direction of the slider is greater than the maximum spacing between the third and fourth side walls in the width direction of the slider at all positions behind the connecting post. set.
- the first and second coiled elements are thinner than the male and female fittings, respectively.
- a method for manufacturing a rail fastener includes a step of supplying a resin material to an extruder and extruding a first stringer from a first die of the extruder, wherein the first stringer and the first mounting sheet a step of supplying the resin material to the extruder and extruding the second stringer from the second nozzle of the extruder, wherein the second stringer is engaged with the second mounting sheet in the second fitting; including the step of including the part.
- a method for manufacturing a rail fastener includes a step of supplying a flexible first reinforcing sheet to a first mouthpiece and introducing the first reinforcing sheet to a first attachment sheet of a first stringer, wherein the first reinforcing sheet is: covering at least partially with a first skin portion of a first mounting sheet extending from the first fitting portion and made of the same resin as that of the first fitting portion; In the step of supplying the reinforcing sheet to the second mouthpiece and introducing the second reinforcing sheet to the second attachment sheet of the second stringer, the second reinforcing sheet extends from the second fitting portion and is attached to the second fitting portion. At least partially covered with a second skin portion of the second mounting sheet made of the same resin as the resin of the portion.
- the position of the first reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the first base and the position of the first reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the second base are arranged so that a predetermined state is established when the first and second fitting portions are fitted to form the rail portion. 2
- the position of the reinforcing sheet is set.
- the predetermined state is such that the first contact surface of the first fitting portion and/or the first skin portion and the second contact surface of the second fitting portion and/or the second skin portion are positioned between the first and second reinforcing sheets. Including the state of contact by pressing against each other.
- the first base is configured to form the first contact surface on a convex surface projecting outwardly of the inner edge of the first reinforcing sheet and/or the second base is configured to form a second contact surface on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet.
- the first fitting is a male fitting including at least a male projection and a closure wall to which the male projection is coupled, and the second fitting receives the male projection.
- a female mating portion having a receiving space and configured to prevent disengagement of the male projection from the receiving space. The position of the second reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the second mouthpiece is set so that the receiving space of the female fitting portion is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic perspective view of a rail fastener according to one aspect of the present disclosure shown being thermo-compressed and sewn to the fabric of a garment;
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional schematic diagram of the 1st stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 1;
- FIG. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a rail fastener in which a slider is attached to a rail portion of the rail fastener;
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the reinforcing sheet is exposed on the upper surface of the mounting sheet;
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the reinforcing sheet is exposed on the upper surface of the mounting sheet;
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the reinforcing sheet is exposed on the lower surface of the mounting sheet;
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a variation in which the lower jaw of the female fitting part is formed thicker;
- 1 is a schematic diagram of an extruder used in a method of manufacturing a rail fastener according to one aspect of the present disclosure;
- FIG. Fig. 3 is a front view of the first die seen from the downstream side of the extruder;
- Fig. 3 is a front view of the second die seen from the downstream side of the extruder;
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram showing a schematic cross-sectional configuration of a rail fastener according to another aspect of the present disclosure;
- FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a first stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11;
- FIG. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11;
- FIG. 12 is a partial enlarged schematic view of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 11, showing an enlarged fitting portion; It is a schematic diagram which shows the variation of a rail fastener.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a first stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG. 15;
- FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of a second stringer of the rail fastener shown in FIG.
- FIG. 15 It is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, showing a front view of the rear opening of the slider and showing a cross section of the fitting state of the male and female fitting parts in the slider.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, showing in cross section the male and female fitting portions during the fitting process within the slider.
- FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a slider;
- FIG. 4 is a front view of the slider; It is a rear view of a slider.
- FIG. 4 is a side view of a slider; It is a schematic diagram which shows the inner surface of the 2nd blade of a slider, and a connection column is shown in the cross section.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a rail fastener with a slider, in which the male and female fitting parts are arranged lower than in FIG. 18, and the structure of the slider is changed accordingly.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a dual fastener with a slider showing in cross section the male and female fittings during the fitting process within the slider.
- FIG. 4 is a partial bottom view of the fastener chain attached to the rail fastener;
- FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a slider;
- FIG. 4 is a front view of the slider; It is a rear view of a slider.
- FIG. 4 is a side view of a slider;
- FIG. 4 is a schematic view of the inner surface of the second vane of the slider showing the width of the passageway for the coiled element between the third and fourth side walls;
- FIG. 4 is a schematic view of the inner surface of the first vane of the slider showing the width of the passages for the male and female fittings between the first and second side walls; It is a schematic diagram of a double fastener with a slider, in which the positional relationship between the rail fastener and the fastener chain is reversed, and the structure of the slider is changed accordingly.
- first and second may be used to distinguish members or parts with the same name.
- the stringers 1 and 2, the fitting portions 11 and 12, the mounting sheets 21 and 22, the guide grooves G1 and G2, and the insertion pieces 99a and 99b are the first and second stringers 1 and 2 and the first and second stringers 1 and 2, respectively. They can be named as fitting portions 11, 12, first and second mounting sheets 21, 22, first and second guide grooves G1, G2, and first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b.
- identifier terms such as first and second may be omitted for simplification of description.
- the longitudinal direction corresponds to the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between F and Re in FIG. 1) or the moving direction of the slider, and the left-right direction corresponds to the width direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between L and Ri in FIG. 1). ), and the vertical direction corresponds to the thickness direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between U and D in FIG. 1).
- the vertical direction does not need to coincide with the vertical direction (the direction of gravity). That is, directional terms referred to in this specification should be understood in terms of rail fasteners and not in terms of the vertical direction (the direction of gravity), and are independent of the vertical direction (the direction of gravity).
- the rail fastener 100 is a resin molded article (for example, a resin extrusion molded article), and is a long article that extends in a predetermined direction with a predetermined width.
- a rail fastener 100 has a pair of left and right separable first and second stringers 1 and 2 .
- Each of the first and second stringers 1 and 2 is elongated in the same direction as the rail fastener 100 and extends in the same direction with a predetermined width.
- the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and each stringer 1, 2 is equal to the extrusion direction.
- the opening between the first and second stringers 1,2 is closed by coupling the first and second stringers 1,2, and the opening between the first and second stringers 1,2 is closed by releasing the coupling of the first and second stringers 1,2.
- An opening can be formed in the
- the first and second stringers 1,2 are attached to the fabrics 3,4 respectively by thermocompression or sewing or a combination thereof.
- the fabrics 3, 4 can be different parts of the garment (left and right halves of the front body).
- Objects to which the rail fastener 100 is attached may be, for example, clothes, bags, bags, and the like.
- the stringers 1 and 2 can be connected by a connecting member (not shown) at one or both ends of the rail fastener 100 in the longitudinal direction. Of course, the stringers 1 and 2 can be completely separated without connecting the stringers 1 and 2 with a connecting member.
- the first stringer 1 has a first fitting portion 11 and a first attachment sheet 21 .
- the second stringer 2 has a second fitting portion 12 and a second attachment sheet 22 .
- Each of the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 while maintaining a predetermined cross-sectional shape.
- the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 are flexible sheets (composite sheets as described below) of predetermined thickness defined by upper surfaces 21m, 22m and lower surfaces 21n, 22n, respectively, and can be It is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
- the first fitting portion 11 is provided at the inner edge 21a of the first attachment sheet 21 or at a position near the inner edge 21a.
- the second fitting portion 12 is provided at the inner edge 22a of the second attachment sheet 22 or at a position near the inner edge 22a.
- the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 have inner edges 21a, 22a that are arranged adjacent to each other when they are joined, and an outer edge 21b on the opposite side of the inner edges 21a, 22a. , 22b can be sewn to the fabrics 3, 4 by the thread 8.
- a waterproof tape may be attached to the mounting sheet so as to cover the seams of the sewing thread 8 to enhance its waterproofness.
- the method of joining the attachment sheet and the fabric is not limited to the method using the sewing thread 8, and the two may be joined by welding.
- the rail portion 10 is formed by fitting the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 together. As with the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12, the rail portion 10 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100. As shown in FIG. The gap between the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 is closed by the contact between the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 in the rail portion 10, and the rail fastener 100 achieves the desired sealing performance according to this degree. demonstrate. That is, movement of the fluid (liquid or gas) through the gap of the rail portion 10 is suppressed or prevented.
- the first fitting portion 11 is the male fitting portion 5 (see FIG. 2)
- the second fitting portion 12 is the female fitting portion 6 (see FIG. 3).
- the first and second stringers 1 and 2 are coupled by continuing the engagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100,
- the engagement between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is continuously released along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, thereby separating the first and second stringers 1, 2 from each other. is decoupled.
- the mating direction of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 is not the vertical direction but the horizontal direction.
- the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and perpendicular to the thickness direction of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 .
- the specific configurations of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 can be arbitrarily designed by those skilled in the art, in addition to those shown in FIGS.
- the fitting portions 11 and 12 may be configured by combining the male fitting portion and the male fitting portion without being limited to the combination of the male fitting portion and the female fitting portion.
- the male fitting 5 is a male fitting that includes a male projection 52 and a closing wall 51 to which the male projection 52 is coupled (eg, at its proximal end).
- the closing wall 51 rises (preferably vertically) from the upper surface 21m of the mounting sheet 21 .
- a male projection 52 extends from the closure wall 51 outwardly relative to the mounting seat 21 .
- the male fitting portion 5 may further have a guide projection 53 projecting from the closing wall 51 on the side opposite to the male projection 52 (that is, toward the inside of the seat).
- the sheet outer direction is a direction from a point on the sheet surface (upper surface or lower surface) of a certain sheet (for example, a mounting sheet or a reinforcing sheet described later) to a point outside the sheet surface with respect to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction.
- a certain sheet for example, a mounting sheet or a reinforcing sheet described later
- the inside of the seat is in the opposite direction.
- the closing wall 51, the male projection 52, and the guide projection 53 are all formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, and the surfaces provided by these are also the same.
- the guide projection 53 is provided in relation to the slider 9 and can be omitted.
- the closing wall 51 has a wall surface 51f that faces the female fitting portion 6 while facing the outside of the mounting sheet 21, and has an upper wall surface above the male projection 52 and a lower wall surface below it. classified. These upper and lower wall surfaces are flat vertical surfaces perpendicular to the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rail fastener 100, but either or both of them may be inclined surfaces. Either or both of the upper and lower wall surfaces of the wall surface 51f may be provided with recesses or protrusions. A lower wall surface of the wall surface 51f extends downward from the lower surface of the male projection 52. As shown in FIG. The upper wall surface of wall surface 51f extends upwardly from the upper surface of male projection 52 to reach the top surface of closure wall 51 .
- the male projection 52 can be an arrow-shaped projection that projects outward from the mounting sheet 21 and has a neck portion 52a and a head portion 52b.
- the neck 52a is connected to the closing wall 51 and the head 52b is connected to the neck 52a.
- the neck portion 52a has a thickness defined by an upper surface 52a1 and a lower surface 52a2, and the head portion 52b has a thickness defined by an upper surface 52b1 and a lower surface 52b2.
- Head 52b is thicker than neck 52a.
- the head 52b includes an upper locked portion 52c and a lower locked portion 52d.
- the upper locked portion 52c projects upward from an upper surface 52a1 of the neck portion 52a, and the lower locked portion 52d projects downward from a lower surface 52a2 of the neck portion 52a.
- the upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f are provided so as to face the upper and lower wall surfaces of the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51, respectively, and the upper and lower surfaces of the female fitting portion 6, which will be described later, are provided therebetween.
- Upper and lower receiving grooves 52p, 52q are formed for receiving the lower locking projections 64, 63 respectively.
- the upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f are flat vertical surfaces perpendicular to each other in the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rail fastener 100, but may be inclined surfaces.
- the upper receiving groove 52p is defined by the upper wall surface of the wall surface 51f, the upper surface 52a1 of the neck portion 52a, and the upper engaged surface 52e.
- the lower receiving groove 52q is defined by the lower wall surface of the wall surface 51f, the lower surface 52a2 of the neck portion 52a, and the lower engaged surface 52f.
- the head 52b is tapered toward the tip, and more specifically, has an upper inclined surface 52r that slopes downward toward the tip (the tip surface 52t in the illustrated example), and an upper inclined surface 52r that slopes downward toward the tip (the has a lower inclined surface 52s inclined upward toward the tip surface 52t).
- Such a shape of the head portion 52b makes it easier to press-fit the male fitting portion 5 into the female fitting portion 6 (between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, which will be described later).
- Both the neck portion 52 a and the head portion 52 b are formed continuously along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
- the guide projection 53 is provided on the opposite side of the male projection 52 with respect to the closing wall 51 .
- the guide protrusion 53 is spaced apart from the upper surface 21m of the mounting sheet 21, and a guide groove G1 is formed between the guide protrusion 53 and the mounting sheet 21.
- the guide projection 53 is not limited to a rectangular cross section, and can have other shapes such as a triangular or semicircular cross section.
- the female fitting part 6 has a receiving space 65 for receiving the male projection 52 and is shaped to prevent the male projection 52 from leaving the receiving space 65 .
- the female fitting 6 has a lower jaw 61 and an upper jaw 62 defining a receiving space 65 therebetween.
- the female fitting portion 6 has a substantially C-shaped cross-sectional shape in which the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are joined at the joint portion 68, but is not limited to this cross-sectional shape.
- the receiving space 65 , the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are all formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
- the lower jaw 61 has a lower locking projection 63 projecting upward (e.g., from the tip of the lower jaw 61) to have a lower locking surface 63s
- the upper jaw 62 has an upper locking surface 64s ( For example, it has an upper locking projection 64 projecting downward (from the distal end of the upper jaw 62).
- An insertion opening 69 for the male projection 52 is defined by the lower locking projection 63 and the upper locking projection 64 .
- the lower locking surface 63s and the upper locking surface 64s are provided orthogonally or inclined to the insertion direction A1 of the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65, and are used to prevent the male projection 52 from being disengaged from the female fitting portion 6. prevent Note that the insertion direction A1 is equal to the width direction of the rail fastener 100 .
- the lower locking projection 63 locks the lower locked portion 52d
- the upper locking projection 64 locks the upper locked portion 52c.
- the lower locking projection 63 has an inclined surface 63j that slopes down as it separates outward from the upper end of the lower locking surface 63s (of the mounting sheet 22).
- the inclined surface 63j is divided into a gently inclined area and a steeply inclined area adjacent to the outside of the seat.
- the upper locking projection 64 has an inclined surface 64j that slopes upward as the distance from the lower end of the upper locking surface 64s toward the outside of the seat (of the mounting sheet 22) increases.
- the inclined surface 64j is divided into a gently inclined area and a steeply inclined area adjacent to the outside of the seat.
- the tapered inclined surfaces 63j, 64j of the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 Thanks to the tapered inclined surfaces 63j, 64j of the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64, the vertical width of the insertion opening 69 is gradually reduced along the insertion direction A1, and the width between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 is reduced. Induction and easy press-fitting of the head 52b are facilitated.
- the tapered line shape (inclined surfaces 52s, 52r) of the head 52b also serves.
- the female fitting part 6 has a guide projection 66 protruding from the coupling part 68 inwardly of the mounting sheet 22 .
- the guide protrusion 66 is spaced apart from the upper surface 22m of the mounting sheet 22, and a guide groove G2 is formed between the guide protrusion 66 and the mounting sheet 22.
- the guide projection 66 is not limited to a rectangular cross section, and can have other shapes such as a triangular or semicircular cross section.
- the head portions 52b of the male projections 52 of the male fitting portion 5 engage the lower and upper locking projections of the female fitting portion 6. It is press-fitted between 63 and 64 to expand the vertical gap between them and pass therebetween. After that, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 move to return to their original shapes, and the neck 52a and/or the head 52b are sandwiched between them. At the same time, the upper locking projection 64 is received in the upper receiving groove 52p and is sandwiched and compressed between the wall surface of the closing wall 51 and the upper locked surface 52e.
- the lower engaging projection 63 is received in the lower receiving groove 52q and is sandwiched and pressed between the first contact surface 71 of the first skin portion 41 and the lower engaged surface 52f.
- the upper locked portion 52c and the upper locking projection 64 press against each other at the contact point P1a (see FIG. 1) (in the left-right direction), and contact the lower locked portion 52d.
- the lower locking projections 63 press and contact each other at the contact point P1b (see FIG. 1) (in short, in the lateral direction).
- the sealing performance at each of the contact points P1a and P1b is enhanced, and at the same time, the formation of a second contact point P2 (optionally a third contact point P3), which will be described later, can be promoted.
- the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are made of resin (for example, soft resin), when a large force is applied, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 do not fit together. combination is canceled.
- the distal end portion of the male projection 52 for example, the distal end surface 52t, the upper inclined surface 52r, and the lower inclined surface 52s
- a gap 81 may be formed between the portion 6 and the coupling portion 68 (the bottom surface of the receiving space 65 intersecting the insertion direction A1).
- the ease of deformation of the female fitting portion 6 in particular, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62
- smooth fitting and unfitting can be promoted.
- the lateral width of the gap 81 is maximum at the vertical center, and can gradually decrease as it moves upward or downward from there.
- the gap 81 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
- the fitting and unfitting of the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 can be performed using the slider 9 (see FIG. 4), or can be performed by man's finger operation. As the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together, and as the slider 9 moves backward, the fitting between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 is released.
- a slider 9 is constructed.
- a column (not shown) extending vertically is provided at the front end of the slider 9 at the center position in the width direction. be provided.
- the slider 9 has a connecting plate 91 and flange walls 92, 93 extending downward from the left and right side edges of the connecting plate 91.
- the flange walls 92, 93 are provided with recesses 92a, 93a for receiving the guide projections 53, 66. be done.
- the distance between the flange walls 92, 93 is tapered such that it is wider at the front end of the slider 9 and narrower at the rear end of the slider 9. , 12 are preferably provided with passages for mating and unmating.
- the flange walls 92, 93 are provided with insertion pieces 99a, 99b to be inserted into the guide grooves G1, G2.
- the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 can be fitted together by pinching them between the thumb and index finger.
- One stringer can be forcibly pulled away from the other stringer to release the engagement between the male fitting 5 and the female fitting 6 .
- By separating one stringer from the other it is possible to cause continuous disengagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
- the first mounting sheet 21 is a composite sheet as described above, and includes the flexible first reinforcing sheet 31 and the first skin portion 41 .
- the second mounting sheet 22 is a composite sheet as described above and includes a flexible second reinforcing sheet 32 and a second skin portion 42 .
- the first skin portion 41 extends from the first fitting portion 11 to at least partially cover the first reinforcing sheet 31 and is made of the same resin as that of the first fitting portion 11 .
- the second skin portion 42 extends from the second fitting portion 12 to at least partially cover the second reinforcing sheet 32 and is made of the same resin as that of the second fitting portion 12 .
- the first fitting portion 11 and the first skin portion 41 are formed together from the same resin and are different portions of the same resin portion.
- the second fitting portion 12 and the second skin portion 42 are also made of the same resin and are different parts of the same resin portion.
- the fact that the fitting part and the skin part are different parts of the same resin part is a result of the fact that the stringers 1 and 2 are manufactured by extrusion molding, as will be described later, but molding methods other than this are also adopted. It is possible.
- the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are positioned on the outer side of the first reinforcing sheet 31 with respect to the inner edge 31a of the first reinforcing sheet 31 when they are fitted together.
- the contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72 of the second skin portion 42 positioned further outward than the inner edge 32a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 are arranged between the first reinforcing sheet 31 and the second reinforcing sheet 32. configured to press against each other.
- the first and second reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are individually introduced into the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 to obtain appropriate hardness thereof, and at the same time the first and second reinforcing sheets 31 , 32, the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 is enhanced.
- the boundary between the first mounting sheet 21 and the first fitting portion 11 is set at the position of a plane L1 perpendicular to the vertical direction.
- the first contact surface 71 is provided on the surface of the first skin portion 41 .
- the boundary between the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fitting portion 12 is set at the position of a plane L2 perpendicular to the vertical direction.
- the second contact surface 72 is provided on the surface of the second skin portion 42 .
- Both planes L1 and L2 are set to be flush with the upper surfaces 21m and 22m of the mounting sheets 21 and 22, respectively.
- the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 are arranged on the same plane. It can be arranged in a plane. It should be noted that the fact that the sheets are arranged in the same plane does not require that the thickness of each sheet be equal.
- the contact between the first contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72 can be local contact.
- the first contact surface 71 can be a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the first reinforcing sheet 31 and/or the second contact surface 72 can be a 2 It may be a convex surface that protrudes outward from the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 32 .
- one of the first and second contact surfaces 71 and 72 may be a convex surface and the other may be a flat surface.
- the second skin portion 42 may be provided with a convex surface 611, and the first skin portion 41 in contact with the convex surface 611 may be a flat surface. In this case, the alignment problems required when both the first and second contact surfaces 71, 72 are convex do not occur.
- the male mating portion 5 and the female mating portion 6 will have the male projection 52 and the female mating portion described above when the male mating portion 5 and the female mating portion 6 are mated.
- a second On the opposite side (e.g., upper side) of the two contact points P2 the closing wall 51 and the female fitting 6 (e.g., the upper jaw 62) are configured to have a third contact point P3 that presses against each other and contacts. (See Figure 1).
- a mode in which one of the contact points P1a and P1b described above is omitted is also conceivable.
- the neck portion 52a in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is used to promote pressure contact at the above three or more contact points (in some cases, four points in total, P1a, P1b, P2, and P3, as illustrated in FIG. 1). is set to be less than the interval D2 (see FIG. 3) in the same direction.
- the interval D2 is the lowest point N1 of the locking surface 64s of the upper jaw 62 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 and the contact point of the upper jaw 62 with the closing wall 51 when the male projection 52 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted. N2 intervals are shown. This promotes the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1a and P3.
- the contact point N2 is closest to the coupling portion 68 along the insertion direction A1. It means the position point (ie the lowest point of the upper and lower range).
- the minimum value of interval D2 is referenced for comparison with D1. It should be noted that the contact point N2 may be located slightly below the tip point of the upper jaw 62 .
- the length D1 of the neck portion 52a is the distance (or the maximum value) between the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51 and the upper locked surface 52e of the head 52b, or the lower covering of the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51 and the head 52b. It is assumed to be equal to the spacing of the locking surfaces 52f (or its maximum value).
- the contact of the lower jaw 61 means the point closest to the coupling portion 68 along the insertion direction A1 (that is, the highest point in the vertical range).
- the length D1 is less than the interval D2', the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1b and P2 is promoted.
- Tip points 61e and 62e of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are located at the outermost position of the tape with respect to the mounting sheet 22. As shown in FIG.
- the contact between the closing wall 51 and the female fitting 6 can be local contact.
- the closing wall 51 may have a convex surface projecting outwards from the inner edge 31 a of the reinforcing sheet 31 .
- the female fitting 6 eg, upper jaw 62
- the upper jaw 62 may be provided with a convex surface 621 and the wall surface of the closure wall 51 with which it contacts may be a flat surface. In this case, there is no alignment problem, as described above.
- the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are made of a material different from the resin of the fitting portions 11, 12 and the skin portions 41, 42, namely paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, or knitted fabric, or a combination thereof.
- the resin of the fitting portions 11, 12 and the skin portions 41, 42 is made of a thermoplastic polymer, more preferably a thermoplastic elastomer, such as thermoplastic polyurethane, polyester elastomer, olefin elastomer, polyvinyl chloride, and the like. .
- the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 have flexibility, the flexibility of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is also ensured.
- minute undulations are formed on both sides of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, so that the outer skins 41 and 42 adhere to the resin. sexuality is enhanced.
- the first reinforcing sheet 31 can be provided so as to support the male fitting part 5 . This enhances the stability of the shape of the male fitting portion 5 .
- a second reinforcing sheet 32 may be provided to support the female fitting 6 . This enhances the stability of the shape of the female fitting portion 6 .
- a soft resin for example, thermoplastic polyurethane, polyester elastomer, olefin elastomer, polyvinyl chloride, etc.
- the shape of the male fitting portion 5 and the female mold are changed during the curing process. Although the shape of the fitting portion 6 is likely to change, the shape change is suppressed thanks to the reinforcement sheets 31 and 32 .
- the male fitting part 5 can be provided so that at least part of it is arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 .
- Guide protrusions 53 may be arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 .
- at least a portion (preferably the entire surface) of the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 on which the guide projections 53 are provided may be arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 . This promotes more stable support of the closing wall 51 by the first reinforcing sheet 31 .
- the inner edge 31a of the first reinforcing sheet 31 is located outside the guide projection 53 or the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 with respect to the first mounting sheet 21, and in some cases directly below the top surface 51g of the closing wall 51. can be located.
- the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 includes an inclined surface located above the guide projection 53 and a vertical surface located below the guide projection 53, both of which are located above the first reinforcing sheet 31. are doing.
- the female fitting part 6 can be provided such that a receiving space 65 for receiving the male fitting part 5 is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet 32 .
- part of the second reinforcing sheet 32 is embedded directly below the lower jaw 61 .
- the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 (as well as the lower and upper locking surfaces 63s, 64s) are also positioned on the second reinforcing sheet 32 (on its upper surface). It is thought that the flexibility of the lower locking projection 63 is reduced by the reinforcing sheet 32 and the locking force is increased.
- the inner edge 32 a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 can be positioned closer to the second contact surface 72 than the lower locking surface 63 s of the lower locking projection 63 . Additionally or alternatively, the inner edge 32a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 may be positioned directly below the aforementioned inclined surface 63j (immediately below the boundary between the gentle and steep areas of the inclined surface 63j).
- both sides of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are preferably covered with the skin portions 41, 42.
- the upper surface of the reinforcing sheet 32 can be exposed (see FIG. 5) or the lower surface of the reinforcing sheet 32 can be exposed (see FIG. 6).
- the thickness of the rail fastener 100 and the amount of resin used increase, as shown in FIG.
- the mounting sheets 21, 22 can be sewn to the object to be mounted with the sewing thread 8. Even if the needle penetrates through the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are prevented from being torn from there. Sewing is a method that cannot be adopted when the mounting sheets 21 and 22 are made of a single layer of resin.
- the outer edges of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are aligned with the outer edges 21b, 21b, 21b of the mounting sheets 21, 22. 22b. That is, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are introduced into the mounting sheets 21 and 22 so as to have such a positional relationship.
- the thickness of the skin portions 41 and 42 (the upper layer of the skin portions covering the upper surfaces of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 or the skin portions covering the lower surfaces of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is reduced).
- layer can be sufficiently thin.
- the layer thicknesses TH41 and TH42 (see FIGS. 2 and 3) of the skin portions 41 and 42 are each smaller than the thickness of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, preferably 0.3 mm or less, or 0.3 mm or less. .2 mm or less.
- the strength or flexibility of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is mainly ensured by the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, and the waterproofness of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is mainly ensured by the skin portions 41 and 42.
- the thickness of the skin portions 41 and 42 may be changed between the upper layer and the lower layer of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 .
- the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 may be covered with the skin portions 41 and 42 except for the front and rear end surfaces thereof.
- a plurality of through-holes may be formed in the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 in order to enhance the adhesion between the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 and the skin portions 41 and 42 .
- the upper layers of the skin portions 41 and 42 on the upper surfaces of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 and the lower layers of the skin portions 41 and 42 on the lower surfaces of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are connected by the resin filling the through holes of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32. .
- each stringer 1, 2 can be manufactured by extrusion molding.
- the extruder 200 includes a rotating machine 210, a screw 220 rotated by the rotating machine 210, a cylindrical body 230 containing the screw 220, a mouthpiece 240, a resin material inlet 250, and a reinforcing sheet 31. has a reel 260 on which is wound.
- a heater is provided in the cylindrical body 230 to melt the solid resin.
- Various configurations of extruder 200 may be employed, and the one shown in FIG. 8 is merely one example.
- An appropriate mouthpiece 240 is adopted according to the cross-sectional shape of the stringers 1 and 2.
- 9 shows a base 240a for stringer 1.
- FIG. 10 shows a base 240b for stringer 2.
- the position of the reinforcing sheet 31 at the ejection port 240m of the mouthpiece 240a and the position of the reinforcing sheet 32 at the ejection port 240n of the mouthpiece 240b are, as described above, when the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are fitted.
- the second contact surfaces 71 and 72 are set to be in pressure contact with each other.
- step (a) and (c) the operation of extruder 200 (eg, rotation of screw 220) and the supply of reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 (eg, feeding of reinforcing sheet 31 from reel 260) proceed simultaneously.
- the rotation of the screw 220 causes the resin to flow inside the cylindrical body 230, reach the mouthpiece 240a, and be extruded from its outlet 240m.
- the reinforcing sheet 31 delivered from the reel 260 travels along a predetermined running path of the mouthpiece 240a and is released from the ejection opening 240m of the mouthpiece 240a in a state of being embedded in the resin (attachment sheet 21).
- steps (b) and (d) the same applies to steps (b) and (d).
- the rotation of the screw 220 causes the resin to flow inside the cylindrical body 230, reach the mouthpiece 240b, and be extruded from the discharge port 240n.
- the reinforcing sheet 32 delivered from the reel 260 travels along a predetermined running path of the mouthpiece 240b, and is released from the ejection port 240n of the mouthpiece 240b in a state of being embedded in the resin (attachment sheet 22).
- the uncured stringers 1 and 2 ejected from the mouthpieces 240a and 240b are supplied to a cooler and forcedly cooled by water cooling or air cooling.
- a support for supporting the stringers 1, 2 and a winding device are provided downstream of the extruder and the cooler.
- the bases 240a, 240b can be designed so that the running path of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 alone (before being embedded in the resin) in the bases 240a, 240b ends just before the outlets 240m, 240n of the bases 240a, 240b. can.
- the distance between the end point of the running path of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 alone and the outlets 240m, 240n of the mouthpieces 240a, 240b is appropriately secured, and the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are securely attached by resin (mounting sheets 21, 22). can be buried.
- the bases 240a, 240b are configured to embody one or more of the features described with respect to the rail fastener 100.
- the base 240 a is configured to form the first contact surface 71 on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 31 .
- the base 240b can also be configured in the same manner.
- the position of the reinforcing sheet 32 at the outlet 240n of the base 240b can be set so that the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6 is arranged on the reinforcing sheet 32.
- the base 240 b can be configured such that a portion of the reinforcing sheet 32 is embedded directly below the lower jaw 61 .
- the bases 240a, 240b can be configured to achieve various features with respect to the rail fastener 100. As shown in FIG.
- the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 of the female fitting portion 6 are respectively of a reversed structure, and similarly, the lower and upper locked projections 52 of the male projection 52 are locked.
- Each of the portions 52d and 52c can have a return structure (which can be fitted into the return structure of the locking projection).
- the holding force of the male projection 52 by the female fitting portion 6 can be effectively increased.
- the contact area between the female fitting portion 6 and the male projection 52 is increased, and the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 is also enhanced.
- the female fitting portion 6 may need to deform more. If the female fitting part 6 is supported by the second reinforcing sheet 32 as described above, the female fitting part 6 is provided with sufficient mechanical strength to withstand it.
- the lower locking surface 63s is slanted to approach the connecting portion 68 of the lower jaw 61 and upper jaw 62 as it extends upward, and the upper locking surface 64s is connected as it extends downwardly. It is slanted to approach portion 68 .
- the lower locked surface 52f is slanted to accommodate contact with the lower locking surface 63s, and essentially approaches the first mounting seat 21 or the closing wall 51 as it extends downward.
- the upper locked surface 52e is slanted to accommodate contact with the upper locking surface 64s, and essentially approaches the first mounting seat 21 or the closing wall 51 as it extends upwardly.
- the lower engaging surface 63s, the upper engaging surface 64s, the lower engaged surface 52f, and the upper engaged surface 52e are each used for inserting the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6. It can be formed to intersect the planes PL1 and PL2 parallel to the direction A1 at the same angle ⁇ 1. In this case, securing a sufficient contact area is facilitated.
- the angle formed by the upper surface 52b1 of the head 52b and the upper locked surface 52e may also be the angle ⁇ 1 described above. The same applies to the angle formed by the lower surface 52b2 of the head 52b and the lower locked surface 52f.
- Upper locking projection 64 may include a flat surface 64k contained in plane PL1, adjacent to which is formed an inclined surface 64j.
- the lower locking projection 63 can include a flat surface 63k contained in the plane PL2, adjacent to which is formed an inclined surface 63j.
- the length D1 of the neck portion 52a in the insertion direction A1 of the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6 is determined by the lowest point N1 of the upper locking surface 64s and the upper engagement with the closing wall 51. It may be less than the minimum value of the distance D2 between the contact points N2 of the stop projections 64. This promotes the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1a and P3. The relationship between D1' and D2' also applies.
- the closing wall 51 can be made shorter than the female fitting portion 6.
- the top surface 51g of the closing wall 51 is lower than the upper surface of the upper jaw 62, and a step is formed between the female fitting portion 6 and the male projection 52 in a fitted state.
- the width of the rail portion 10 of the rail fastener 100 can be made to appear narrower.
- the closing wall 51 is set at a height between the upper surface of the upper jaw 62 and the lower end of the upper locking projection 64 in order to secure the contact point P3.
- the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are arranged such that the first reinforcing sheet 31 is The first contact surface 71 of the first fitting portion 11 located outside the inner edge of the sheet and the second contact surface 71 of the second fitting portion 12 located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet 32 .
- Surfaces 72 are configured for mutually compressive contact between the first and second reinforcing sheets 31,32. Even in such a case, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are introduced into the mounting sheets 21 and 22 in the same manner as described above to obtain appropriate hardness, and at the same time, the resin portions are pressed against each other between the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32. The contact enhances the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 .
- the first and second fitting portions 11, 12 can have various shapes. 15 to 17 , the first fitting portion 11 is the female fitting portion 6 and the second fitting portion 12 is the male fitting portion 5 .
- the male fitting portion 5 is a columnar portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and having a substantially circular cross section.
- a core cord is provided on the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 32 and embedded in the column.
- Notches 901 are provided on both upper and lower sides of the mounting sheet 22 on the outer peripheral surface of the column, thereby forming upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f.
- the female fitting part 6 is a C-shaped part having a lower jaw 61 and an upper jaw 62 to receive the posts of the male fitting part 5 .
- a core cord is provided on the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 31 and is embedded in the connecting portion between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 .
- a passage 302 communicating with the receiving space 65 is formed between the distal end of the lower jaw 61 and the distal end of the upper jaw 62 .
- the tip of the lower jaw 61 is provided with a lower locking projection 63 protruding toward the inside of the receiving space 65 so as to fit into the notch 901 of the pillar portion of the male fitting portion 5 .
- the tip of the upper jaw 62 is provided with an upper locking projection 64 protruding toward the inside of the receiving space 65 so as to fit into the notch 901 of the post of the male fitting portion 5 .
- the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 are provided with lower and upper locking surfaces 63s, 64s. 52e. 15 to 17, the first contact surface 71 is the surface that defines the receiving space 65 of the female fitting 6. As shown in FIGS.
- the second contact surface 72 is the outer peripheral surface of the column.
- FIG. 4 it has been shown that the slider 9 is attached to the rail portion 10 of the rail fastener 100 with reference to FIG.
- the slider 9 shown in FIG. 4 has an insertion piece 99a that is inserted into the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1 and an insertion piece 99b that is inserted into the guide groove G2 of the second stringer 2.
- the slider 9 is prevented from coming off from the portion 10. - ⁇
- the male and female fitting parts 5, 6 have both moderate hardness and moderate flexibility for mating and unfitting.
- the slider 9 may drop off from the rail portion 10 due to the unevenness.
- the slider 9 can be attached to the rail portion 10 again.
- the slider body is formed in a cylindrical shape as disclosed in Patent Document 4
- the sliding of the slider tends to be heavy.
- the slider 9 includes, in addition to the first wing plate 94, the second wing plate 95, and the connecting post 96, a first insertion piece 99a inserted into the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1, a second It has a second insertion piece 99b that is inserted into the guide groove G2 of the stringer 2 (see FIGS. 18 and 19).
- the slider 9 has a first wing plate 94 and a second wing plate 95 to prevent the slider 9 from coming off the rail fastener 100. ⁇ Furthermore, the vertical direction of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 in the slider 9 is adjusted according to the insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the guide groove G1 and the insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the guide groove G2.
- the vertical distance between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 is increased to prevent contact between the first blade 94 and the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6. Avoidance or reduction and/or avoidance or reduction of contact between the second blade 95 and the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 can be achieved. In some cases, it may also promote the provision of slider appearance designs that meet individual and diverse user uses.
- the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1 need not be defined between the guide protrusion 53 and the first attachment sheet 21.
- the guide groove G2 of the second stringer 2 need not be defined between the guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22.
- a guide groove G1 may be recessed in the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 of the male fitting portion 5 .
- the coupling portion 68 of the female fitting portion 6 may be recessed with a guide groove G2.
- the guide grooves G1 and G2 are portions recessed toward the central axis of the rail fastener 100 that coincides with the central line CL of the slider 9. As shown in FIG.
- the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 include the first and second reinforcing sheets 31, 32, respectively, and the same effect as described above can be obtained. However, it is also possible to omit the first and second reinforcing sheets 31, 32, as is the case with all forms or features described below.
- the first blade 94 exists on a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction
- the second blade 95 exists on another plane orthogonal to the vertical direction, and both are arranged to face each other.
- the first vane 94 has an outer surface 94t and an inner surface 94s which define a thickness.
- the second blade 95 has an outer surface 95t and an inner surface 95s which define a thickness.
- the inner surface 94s of the first blade 94 and the inner surface 95s of the second blade 95 define the vertical height H9 of the movement path within the slider 9.
- the first vane 94 is provided with a pull attachment post
- the second vane 95 may additionally or alternatively be provided with it.
- the first vane 94 and the second vane 95 each have a relatively wide forward portion 941, 951, a relatively narrow aft portion 942, 952, and an intermediate portion thereof. and has an intermediate portion 943,953 that gradually increases in width from the rear portion 942,952 toward the front portion 941,951.
- the vertical position of the male and female fittings 5, 6 is controlled.
- the male and female mating portions 5, 6 are controlled in their lateral positions in addition to their vertical positions.
- the longitudinal length of the front portions 941,951 is longer than the longitudinal length of the rear portions 942,952.
- the longitudinal length of the intermediate portions 943 and 953 is shorter than the longitudinal length of the front portions 941 and 951 and the longitudinal length of the rear portions 942 and 952 .
- the connecting post 96 is positioned rearwardly offset from the front end of the first blade 94 and the front end of the second blade 95 .
- the front end portion of the first blade 94 and the front end portion of the second blade 95 each have opposing surfaces facing each other with a space therebetween in the upward direction.
- the facing surface of the first blade 94 may include a first sloped surface 101 that slopes away from the second blade 95 as it moves away from the connecting post 96 .
- the facing surface of the second blade 95 may include a second sloped surface 102 that slopes away from the first blade 94 as it moves away from the connecting post 96 .
- First and second angled surfaces 101, 102 are positioned oppositely to define a tapered shape.
- a flat surface may be formed between the first inclined surface 101 and the connection post 96 .
- a flat surface may be formed between the second inclined surface 102 and the connecting post 96 .
- the connecting post 96 extends vertically between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 to connect the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 .
- the connecting post 96 preferably connects the front portion 941 and the front portion 951 , and more preferably connects the front portion 941 and the front portion 951 at positions adjacent to the intermediate portions 943 and 953 .
- the connecting post 96 is positioned rearwardly offset from the front ends of the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 to form a space SP5 in front of the connecting post 96 .
- the space SP5 is spatially restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95, but is not restricted by first and second side walls 9a and 9b, which will be described later.
- the space SP5 is located forward of the connecting post 96, and the first and second side walls 9a and 9b, which will be described later, are located behind the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG. Provision of the space SP5 prevents the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 from colliding with the connecting post 96 and causing the slider 9 to stop.
- a first front opening M1 and a second front opening M2 are provided on both sides of the connecting post 96 .
- the male fitting part 5 moves in and out of the slider 9 through the first front opening M1.
- the female fitting part 6 moves in and out of the slider 9 through the second front opening M2.
- the slider 9 has one rear opening M3 in addition to the first and second front openings M1 and M2 (see FIG. 22).
- the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the fitted state move in and out of the slider 9 through the rear opening M3.
- the slider 9 has first and second side walls 9a and 9b (left side wall) extending in the vertical direction from both side edges (left side edge and right side edge) of the first blade 94 in the width direction of the slider 9 toward the second side wall 95. wall and right side wall).
- the slider 9 has third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d (left side wall and right side wall) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade 95 in the width direction of the slider 9 toward the first blade 94. You may call it).
- the vertical length of the first and second side walls 9a, 9b is longer than the vertical length of the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d, and is at least twice that.
- a form in which the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d are omitted is also assumed.
- the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are provided for fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 together.
- the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are pinchable and compressible between the first and second side walls 9a, 9b to fit within the slider 9.
- the guide projection 53 is pushed by the first side wall 9a and the male projection 52 is also pushed in the same direction.
- the male projection 52 tries to enter between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62
- the female fitting portion 6 is pushed in the direction in which the male projection 52 enters, but the contact between the guide projection 66 and the second side wall 9b causes displacement. is blocked.
- the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d are used for purposes other than fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 (e.g., supporting the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 and/or It is provided for preventing entry of foreign matter into the slider 9).
- the first and second side walls 9a, 9b are provided on the intermediate portion 943 and the rear portion 942 of the first blade 94 (in other words, they are not provided on the front portion 941).
- the first and second side walls 9a, 9b have pressing surfaces 27, 28 for pressing the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, respectively.
- the pressing surfaces 27 and 28 approach each other as they are separated from the connecting post 96 at the intermediate portion 943 .
- the pressing surfaces 27 and 28 extend parallel to the direction away from the connecting post 96 at the rear portion 942 .
- the distance between the pressing surfaces 27 and 28 at the rear portion 942 is set slightly wider than the maximum width of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 in the fitted state. This avoids the sliding of the slider 9 becoming heavy.
- the front end positions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are set at the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 or a position slightly behind it (see FIG. 23).
- the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are provided with a larger (more open) front opening M1 and a second front opening M2, and the slider 9 can be moved more smoothly. is promoted.
- the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d can also be provided at similar positions and extents.
- the first and second side walls 9 a and 9 b have base ends connected to the first blade 94 and tip ends separated from the first blade 94 .
- the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d have a proximal end connected to the second vane 95 and a distal end remote from the second vane 95.
- the leading end of the first side wall 9a and the leading end of the third side wall 9c are arranged to face each other, defining an insertion path for the first attachment sheet 21 therebetween.
- the tip of the second side wall 9b and the tip of the fourth side wall 9d are arranged to face each other, defining an insertion path for the second attachment sheet 22 therebetween.
- the tip portions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b have tip surfaces 9a1 and 9b1 included in a common plane perpendicular to the vertical direction (see FIG. 21).
- the tip portions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d have tip surfaces 9c1 and 9d1 included in a common plane perpendicular to the vertical direction.
- the first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b protrude from the first and second side walls 9a, 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 at positions away from the first blade plate 94 so as to approach each other.
- the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b are arranged so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider 9 from the distal end portions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b away from the first vane plate 94 ( In other words, it projects toward the centerline CL of the slider 9).
- the first insertion piece 99a is connected to the tip of the first side wall 9a to construct a wall portion having a substantially L-shaped cross section.
- the second insertion piece 99b is connected to the tip of the second side wall 9b to construct a wall portion having a substantially L-shaped cross section (see FIGS. 21 and 22).
- the first insertion piece 99a is provided so as to come into contact with the first mounting sheet 21 (for example, its upper surface 21m) together with the front end surface 9a1 of the front end portion of the first side wall 9a.
- the second inserting piece 99b is provided so as to come into contact with the second mounting sheet 22 (for example, its upper surface 22m) together with the tip surface 9b1 of the tip of the second side wall 9b.
- the first insertion piece 99a is provided so as to have a surface flush with the tip surface 9a1 of the tip portion of the first side wall 9a.
- the second insertion piece 99b is provided so as to have a surface that is flush with the tip surface 9b1 of the tip portion of the second side wall 9b. It is also possible to reduce the contact area of the first mounting sheet 21 by shifting the first insertion piece 99a slightly upward from the tip surface 9a1 of the first side wall 9a. The same applies to the second insert piece 99b.
- the first insertion piece 99a is loosely fitted into the guide groove G1 and/or the second insertion piece 99b is loosely fitted into the guide groove G2. That is, the vertical spacing between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21 is set to allow loose fitting of the insertion piece 99a in the guide groove G1, and in short, is equivalent to the thickness of the first insertion piece 99a. or slightly larger.
- the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are extruded portions, and their shape accuracy is not very high. Thus, the above design avoids excessive press-fitting.
- the vertical spacing between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22 is also set in the same manner.
- the insert piece 99a is press-fitted into the guide groove G1 and/or the insert piece 99b is press-fitted into the guide groove G2. That is, the vertical spacing between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21 is set to allow the insertion piece 99a to be press-fitted into the guide groove G1, and in short, is equal to or slightly smaller than the thickness of the insertion piece 99a. is set lower than As a result, although the sliding of the slider 9 becomes heavy, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 can be reliably positioned within the slider 9 at the target vertical positions.
- the vertical interval between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22 is also set in the same manner.
- the thickness of the first and second inserts 99a, 99b tapers toward the centerline CL of the slider 9. That is, the vertical spacing between the insertion piece 99a and the first blade 94 gradually increases toward the center line CL of the slider 9, and/or the vertical spacing between the insertion piece 99a and the second blade 95 increases toward the center of the slider 9. Gradually increases towards line CL.
- the same explanation applies to the insertion piece 99b, and a redundant explanation is omitted.
- a non-limiting example of the effect is to promote insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2.
- the male fitting portion 5 and the male fitting portion 5 in a state of being completely fitted in the slider 9
- the female fitting portion 6 is arranged with an upper space SP1 with respect to the first blade 94 and with a lower space SP2 with respect to the second blade 95 .
- the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the state of being completely fitted in the slider 9, the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are located on the inner surface 94s of the first blade plate 94. and the inner surface 95s of the second blade 95 in a non-contact manner.
- the contact area between the rail fastener 100 and the slider 9 is reduced, and smooth movement of the slider 9 is facilitated.
- the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are attached to the first blade plate 94.
- the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are lifted from the second blade 95 and the third side wall 9c and the fourth side wall 9d provided thereon. movement becomes lighter.
- the tip surfaces 9a1 and 9b1 (see FIG. 21) of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b can be held in contact with the top surfaces 21m and 22m of the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22, respectively.
- the tip surfaces of the tip portions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d away from the second vane plate 95 are opposed to the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 with a clearance therebetween. are placed.
- the insertion path for the attachment sheet is narrowed.
- each of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 of the pair of jaws is connected to the first wing plate 94 and the second wing plate. No strong contact or no contact with any of 95.
- the male projection 52 presses the lower jaw 61 downward and pushes the male projection 52 between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62. Mold projection 52 pushes upper jaw 62 upward, lower jaw 61 approaches second vane 95 and upper jaw 62 approaches first vane 94 .
- the upper space SP1 and the lower space SP2 facilitate the fitting between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, and the sliding of the slider 9 is lightened.
- Receiving grooves G3 and/or grooves G4 may be provided in the first vane 94 and/or the second vane 95 to receive (outer edge of the seat relative to the mounting seat 22).
- the upper space SP1 can preferably be provided over a vertical range of 1/10 or more of the vertical height H9 of the movement path in the slider 9.
- the vertical range of the lower space SP2 is larger than the vertical range of the upper space SP1.
- the distance W6 between the first insertion piece 99a and the second insertion piece 99b can be set so that the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 are not pressed between them when the slider 9 moves. This prevents the slider 9 from sliding excessively.
- a slight gap W7 is set between the insert piece 99a and the male fitting portion 5 (for example, its closing wall), and similarly between the insert piece 99b and the female fitting portion 6 A slight gap W8 is set.
- a first insertion piece 99a is connected to the tip of the first side wall 9a, and a second insertion piece 99b is connected to the tip of the second side wall 9b.
- the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b are on the same plane, and the passage width in the width direction of the slider 9 is narrowed.
- the first insertion piece 99a is sandwiched between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21.
- the second insertion piece 99b is sandwiched between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22.
- a first guide projection 53 is arranged in the space between the first insertion piece 99a and the first blade 94
- a second guide projection 66 is arranged in the space between the second insertion piece 99b and the first blade 94.
- the first insertion piece 99a is inserted into the guide groove G1, so that the male fitting portion 5 is positioned within the slider 9 at a constant height.
- the second inserting piece 99b is inserted into the guide groove G2, so that the female fitting portion 6 is positioned within the slider 9 at a constant height.
- the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are split open at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are already split open at the positions on the left and right sides of the connecting post 96, when the slider 9 moves backward, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are They move obliquely forward with respect to the slider 9 so as to separate from each other. In this process, the male projection 52 pushes the upper jaw 62 upward and the lower jaw 61 downward.
- the male fitting portion 5 When the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 obliquely enters the slider 9 from the first front opening M1 of the slider 9 .
- the female fitting portion 6 enters obliquely into the slider 9 from the second front opening M2 of the slider 9 .
- the male and female mating parts 5, 6 are in an unmated and separated state.
- the male and female mating parts 5 and 6 are positionally restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 .
- the rail fastener 100 In the rear range of the connecting post 96, the rail fastener 100 is positioned high within the slider 9 by inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2. are regulated. Therefore, at a position forward of the connecting post 96, the individual heights of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 that have not yet been fitted are also restricted for the continuity of each stringer.
- the vertical distance between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 can be increased.
- the collision between the male fitting portion 5 (for example, the top of the closing wall) and the first blade 94 and the collision between the female fitting portion 6 (for example, the upper jaw 62) and the first Collision avoidance of the vanes 94 can be further promoted.
- the rail fastener 100 When the rail fastener 100 is attached between the left and right halves of the front body of the garment, the rail fastener 100 may be greatly curved in any direction following the flexibility of the garment. The above feature is one of the countermeasures against such cases.
- the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are completely fitted at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear.
- the male and female mating parts 5, 6 approach each other during the mating process. Briefly, the male projection 52 is inserted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, the lower jaw 61 is pushed downward, the upper jaw 62 is pushed upward, and when the jaws are displaced sufficiently, the male projection 52 is inserted into the female jaw. It completely enters the receiving space of the mold fitting part 6 (at the same time, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 return from the tilted position to the flat position).
- the rail fastener 100 is positioned high within the slider 9 by inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2. are regulated.
- the male projection 52 is press-fitted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 in a state in which the vertical displacement of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 is restricted, thus promoting smooth fitting thereof.
- the front ends of the first and second insertion pieces 99a and 99b are positioned at the front end point of the male fitting portion 5 (for example, toward the female fitting portion 6 side) in the direction along the center line CL of the slider 9.
- a movement trajectory L7 of the tip point of the male projection 52) and a movement trajectory of the tip point of the female fitting portion 6 (for example, tip points of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 on the male fitting portion 5 side). It is positioned forward of the intersection of L8. This promotes stable and smooth fitting of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 .
- the intersection point corresponds to the position of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 during the mating process (before completion of mating).
- Dotted line L6, together with dotted line L7 depicts the width of the male fitting 5 during movement.
- Dotted line L9, together with dotted line L8, depicts the width of female fitting 6 during movement.
- the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 can be turned upside down. Accordingly, the positions of the first to fourth side walls 9a to 9d are also changed. Even in such a case, the same effect as described above can be expected.
- the male and female fittings 5, 6 are placed inside the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and are unobtrusive in the appearance of the garment.
- a closing line formed at the contact point P2 between the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 when the rail fastener 100 is closed appears in the appearance of the garment. This is particularly advantageous in that it contributes to hiding the presence of the rail fastener 100 in the appearance of the garment.
- the features of the sliders described with reference to FIGS. 18 to 26 can be applied to the sliders described below as long as they are not inconsistent (for example, except for the incompatibility), and vice versa. be.
- the first and second inserts 99a, 99b can be applied to sliders for double fasteners described below.
- the double fastener 17 has a rail fastener 100 having one or any combination of the various features described above and a fastener chain 7 attached to the rail fastener 100 .
- the fastener chain 7 is fixed and laminated to the rail fastener 100 by, for example, an adhesive, thermocompression bonding, or heat welding.
- the fastener chain 7 includes a third stringer 13 attached to the first stringer 1 and a fourth stringer 14 attached to the second stringer 2 .
- the third and fourth stringers 13, 14 are respectively first and second coiled elements that engage synchronously with the engagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 when the slider 9 advances. 15, 16 included.
- the fastener chain 7 includes first and second coiled elements 15 and 16, and the engagement between the two solves the above-described positional displacement problem.
- the third and fourth stringers 13,14 each have first and second fastener tapes 117,118 with first and second coiled elements 15,16 sewn to opposite side edges.
- First and second coiled elements 15,16 are provided on opposite sides of the male and female fittings 5,6. That is, when the male and female fittings 5, 6 are provided on the upper side of the double fastener 17, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are provided on the lower side thereof, and vice versa. .
- the first coil-shaped element 15 and the male fitting portion 5 are positioned on opposite sides of the laminate of the first mounting sheet 21 and the first fastener tape 117, and are vertically laminated with the laminate sandwiched therebetween.
- the second coil-shaped element 16 and the female fitting portion 6 are positioned on opposite sides of the laminate of the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fastener tape 118, and are vertically laminated with the laminate sandwiched therebetween.
- the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 consist of helical monofilaments shaped to form engaging heads 37 at a constant pitch (see FIGS. 27-29).
- the helical monofilament includes the first leg portion 35, the second leg portion 36, the engaging head portion 37, and the reversing portion 38 as one helical unit (briefly, engaging element), and this helical unit (engaging element ) are consecutively formed.
- the engaging head 37 is a portion formed with a wide monofilament, and the wide portion is oriented along the longitudinal direction of the fastener tape.
- the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 are A slight gap is formed between them, but this gap is closed by the lower jaw 61 of the female fitting part 6 due to the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 .
- the lower jaw 61 is positioned between the male projection 52 and the first coiled element 15 (more precisely, the male projection 52 and the first coiled element 15). between the fastener tapes 117). This closes the gap between the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 and the mandible 61 prevents movement of fluid through this gap.
- the width W2 of the engaged first and second coiled elements 15, 16 is greater than the engaged male width (in the width direction of the double fastener 17). less than the maximum width of the mold and female fittings 5,6;
- the degree of positional deviation can be reduced.
- the number of helical units (engagement elements) of the coiled element per unit length in the longitudinal direction of the double fastener 17 is increased to promote smooth engagement of the first and second coiled elements 15 and 16. .
- One stringer 121 of the double fastener 17 includes a laminate of the first stringer 1 and the third stringer 13, and the other stringer 122 includes a laminate of the second stringer 2 and the fourth stringer.
- the first mounting sheet 21 includes the first reinforcing sheet 31
- the first mounting sheet 21 can have a thickness greater than the thickness of the first fastener tape 117 .
- the second mounting sheet 22 includes the second reinforcing sheet 32
- the second mounting sheet 22 may have a thickness greater than the thickness of the second fastener tape 118 .
- the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 are typically a woven or knitted fabric or a mixture thereof, more preferably a knitted fabric that is more flexible than the woven fabric, so that the stringers overlap each other. It is possible to reduce the degree of reduction in flexibility due to alignment.
- the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are thinner than the male and female mating portions 5, 6, respectively, so that lamination of the fastener chain 7 to the rail fastener 100 is facilitated. The accompanying degree of thickness increase can be reduced.
- the slider 9 is shared by the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 and the first and second coiled elements 15, 16.
- the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are sandwiched between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b and are fitted under pressure in the same manner as described above, so redundant description will be omitted.
- the upper jaws 62 of the female fittings 5,6 are displaced upwards when the male and female fittings 5,6 are mated.
- the receiving groove G3 can also be formed in a limited position and range where the upper jaw 62 exits from the flat posture and assumes an inclined posture.
- the receiving groove G3 extends linearly from a position adjacent the rear end of the connecting post 96 until it reaches the rear end face of the first vane 94 .
- the slider 9 has a first blade 94, a second blade 95, and a connecting post 96.
- the connecting post 96 connects the front ends of the first blade 94 and the second blade 95. , the above-described space SP5 shown in FIG.
- One reason for the omission is that the tracks of the first and second stringers 1 and 2 of the rail fastener 100 are appropriately formed because the fastener chain 7 is attached to the rail fastener 100 .
- the front end positions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are set slightly behind the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 (see FIG. 33).
- the front end positions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d are set slightly behind the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96.
- the first front opening M1 and the second front opening M2 are provided larger (more open) while ensuring proper guiding ability of the side walls, thereby promoting smoother movement of the slider 9.
- the slider 9 does not have the above-described first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b.
- the laminated portion of the first attachment sheet 21 and the first fastener tape 117 is loosely inserted between the first side wall 9a and the third side wall 9c.
- the laminated portion of the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fastener tape 118 is loosely inserted between the second side wall 9b and the fourth side wall 9d.
- the receiving groove G3 can be provided in the first vane 94, whereby the vertical distance between the first vane 94 and the second vane 95 can be set relatively narrow, while the first vane Interference between the wing plate 94 and the upper jaw 62 can be avoided or reduced.
- the upper jaw 62 is received by the receiving groove G3 during the fitting process of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6, and the sliding of the slider 9 is avoided or suppressed from becoming heavy.
- the slider 9 has a first raised portion 25 raised from the first side wall 9a toward the second side wall 9b and a second raised portion 26 raised from the second side wall 9b toward the first side wall 9a. They are arranged facing each other with a space that allows deformation of the upper jaw 62 . Thereby, while avoiding or suppressing interference with the upper jaw 62, displacement of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 toward the first blade 94 can be restricted.
- the first raised portion 25 is arranged directly above the first guide protrusion 53 with a clearance therebetween, and is connected to the first blade plate 94 .
- the second raised portion 26 is arranged directly above the second guide projection 66 with a clearance therebetween, and is connected to the first blade plate 94 . Since the rear opening M3 of the slider 9 is narrowed by the provision of the first protruding portion 25 and the second protruding portion 26, it is desirable to provide the clearance as described above in order to reduce this effect.
- the first protuberance 25 protrudes from the pressing surface 27 of the first side wall 9a toward the second side wall 9b, and is positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the pressing surface 27. It has a non-pressing surface 25a.
- the second protruding portion 26 protrudes from the pressing surface 28 of the second side wall 9b toward the first side wall 9a, and in short, the non-pressing surface 26a positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the pressing surface 28 is. have.
- a first width W4 is defined between these non-pressing surfaces 25a, 26a, which is smaller than the maximum spacing W3 between the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b.
- the spacing between the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 is at least a first distance from the first vane 94 at a second location further away from the first vane 94. It narrows at a first position closer to vanes 94 .
- the first and second raised portions 25 and 26 can be formed over the entire length of the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b along the center line CL of the slider 9, respectively.
- the first and second protrusions 25 and 26 may be formed mirror-symmetrically with respect to the center line CL of the slider 9 .
- the maximum distance W3 between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 is equal to the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9c in the width direction of the slider 9 at all positions behind the connecting post 96. It is set larger than the maximum interval W2 of 9d. Employment of a small coiled element is promoted to achieve the same effect as described above (for example, reducing the degree of positional deviation described above).
- the second blade 95 can have a convex partition 131 extending rearward from the connecting post 96 to regulate the vertical position of the first and second coiled elements 15 and 16 in the engaged state. At a position above the partition 131, the engaging heads 37 of the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged.
- the partition part 131 extends at an intermediate position between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d.
- the partition part 131 is formed lower than the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d.
- the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 are pressed between the first and second side walls 9a, 9b and fitted within the slider 9.
- the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d without being squeezed therebetween.
- the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged without the need for external forces by moving along defined movement trajectories. Therefore, the sliding of the slider 9 does not become heavier than the allowable range due to the addition of the coiled element.
- the connecting post 96 maintains substantially the same cross-sectional shape between the first wing plate 94 and the second wing plate 95, and the mold for molding the slider 9 can be simplified.
- the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are completely fitted at a position separated by a first distance from the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 .
- the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 complete engagement at a first distance or a second distance away from the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG.
- the engagement of the coiled elements 15 and 16 is temporally greater than the engagement of the male and female fittings 5 and 6 when the slider 9 moves forward. can be said to be ahead. Regarding the time of backward movement of the slider 9, it can be said that the disengagement of the former comes later than the disengagement of the latter.
- the influence of the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 is reduced. This prevents the coiled elements 15 and 16 from being erroneously engaged or disengaged from each other. For example, it is possible to avoid a situation where the engaging head 37 of the coiled element 15 and the engaging head 37 of the coiled element 16 collide with each other and fail to engage well.
- the slider 9 can have an element guide portion 45 shaped complementary to the curved surface of the inverted portion 38 of the first coiled element 15 and also the curved surface of the inverted portion 38 of the second coiled element 16 .
- the element guide portions 45, 46 are connected to the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d, respectively, and positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the side walls 9c, 9d.
- Each element guide 45, 46 has a semi-concave curved surface.
- the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are supported by the element guides 45, 46 located on both sides of the center line CL of the slider 9, thereby setting them at appropriate heights within the slider 9. .
- the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are split open at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are already split open at the positions on both the left and right sides of the connecting post 96, they can be moved to the rear of the connecting post 96 without applying a large force to the slider 9.
- the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 can be smoothly split open (at a predetermined position apart). When the slider 9 moves backward, the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 move obliquely forward with respect to the slider 9 so as to separate from each other. In this process, the male projection 52 pushes the upper jaw 62 upward and the lower jaw 61 downward.
- the coiled elements 15 and 16 are disengaged at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the coiled elements 15 and 16 are already disengaged at the positions on the left and right sides of the connecting post 96 , the coiled elements 15 and 16 do not apply a large force to the slider 9 (predetermined positions away from the connecting post 96 to the rear). d) the engagement of the coiled elements 15, 16 can be released smoothly.
- the male fitting portion 5 When the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 obliquely enters the slider 9 from the first front opening M1 of the slider 9 . Similarly, the female fitting portion 6 enters obliquely into the slider 9 from the second front opening M2 of the slider 9 .
- the male and female mating parts 5, 6 are in an unmated and separated state. The male and female mating parts 5 and 6 are positionally restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 .
- the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are pinched and pressed between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b in the process of reaching a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 rearward.
- the male projection 52 is inserted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 and pushes the lower jaw 61 downward and the upper jaw 62 upward until their displacement is sufficient so that the male projection 52 engages the female fitting portion 6 .
- Full entry into the receiving space at the same time the lower jaw 61 and upper jaw 62 return from the tilted position to the flat position).
- Interference between the upper jaw 62 and the first blade 94 is avoided or reduced to a lesser degree by the receiving groove G3 formed in the first blade 94, and heavy sliding of the slider 9 is avoided or suppressed. be. This point is particularly advantageous when the slider 9 moves forward when the slider 9 slides more heavily than when the slider 9 moves backward.
- the coiled elements 15, 16 are not pressed between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d in the process of reaching a predetermined position rearwardly of the connecting post 96, and move exclusively along the locus of movement. Movement brings them into engagement.
- the coiled elements 15, 16 are placed on the outside of the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and the male and female fittings 5, 6 are placed on the inside of the garment.
- the male and female fittings 5, 6 are located inside the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and are unobtrusive in the appearance of the garment.
- the coiled elements 15, 16 appear in the appearance of the garment when the rail fastener 100 is closed. This contributes to making the appearance of the double fastener 17 look the same as that of general slide fastener products in the appearance of the garment.
- said male fitting (5) and said female fitting to a first stringer (1) comprising a male fitting (5) and a second stringer (2) comprising a female fitting (6);
- a slider (9) mounted to allow mating and unmating of the joint (6), a first blade (94); a second blade (95);
- a connecting post (96) extending vertically between the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95).
- first and second side walls (9a, 9b) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95); and first and second protruding from the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) at a position away from the first blade (94) so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider (9) Equipped with insert pieces (99a, 99b),
- the first insert piece (99a) is inserted into the first guide groove (G1) of the first stringer (1)
- the second insert piece (99b) is inserted into the second guide groove (G1) of the second stringer (2).
- G2 to regulate the vertical positions of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) in the slider (9) accordingly.
- said female fitting (6) comprises a pair of jaws (61, 62), In the process of fitting the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the slider (9), each of the pair of jaws (61, 62) The slider according to any one of [1] to [3], which contacts neither the plate (94) nor the second blade (95). [5] At least one of the first wing plate (94) and the second wing plate (95) is engaged with or disengaged from the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6). Slider according to [4], having a receiving groove (G3) for receiving one of said pair of jaws (61, 62) to be displaced.
- G3 receiving groove
- the first insertion piece (99a) is provided so as to come into contact with the first attachment sheet (21) of the first stringer (1) together with the tip surface (9a1) of the tip of the first side wall (9a),
- the second insertion piece (99b) is provided so as to come into contact with the second attachment sheet (22) of the second stringer (2) together with the tip surface (9b1) of the tip of the second side wall (9b).
- the slider according to any one of [1] to [5].
- a third stringer (13) is attached to the first stringer (1), and a fourth stringer (14) is attached to the second stringer (2),
- the third and fourth stringers (13, 14) are synchronized with the engagement of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) respectively when the slider (9) advances.
- the slider (9) has third and fourth blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94).
- the maximum distance between the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) in the width direction of the slider (9) is the above width in the width direction of the slider (9) at all positions behind the connecting post (96)
- a slider according to [8] which is set larger than the maximum distance between the third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d).
- the reinforcing sheet is not limited to a single layer, and may be multi-layered.
- the reinforcing sheet is a laminate of fabric and paper.
Landscapes
- Slide Fasteners (AREA)
Abstract
In a rail fastener (100), first and second fitting parts (11, 12) are configured such that, when the first and second fitting parts (11, 12) are fitted together, a first contact surface (71), of a first skin section (41) (or the first fitting part (11)), located at a position further outward than an inner edge (31a) of a first reinforcement sheet (31) and a second contact surface (72), of a second skin section (42) (or the second fitting part (12)), located at a position further outward than an inner edge (32a) of a second reinforcement sheet (32) are brought into press-contact with each other between the first and second reinforcement sheets (31, 32).
Description
本開示は、レールファスナー及びその製造方法、並びに二重ファスナーに関する。
The present disclosure relates to rail fasteners, manufacturing methods thereof, and double fasteners.
特許文献1,2には、雄型嵌合部が雌型嵌合部に圧入されて真空シールを形成するレールファスナーが開示されている。押出成形によって雌押出部と雄押出部が形成される。雌押出部は、平坦部分とそこから立ち上がる雌型嵌合部を有する。同様、雄押出部は、平坦部分とそこから立ち上がる雄型嵌合部を有する。
Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose rail fasteners in which a male fitting portion is press-fitted into a female fitting portion to form a vacuum seal. A female extrusion and a male extrusion are formed by extrusion. The female extrusion has a flat portion and a female mating portion rising therefrom. Similarly, the male extrusion has a flat portion and a male mating portion upstanding therefrom.
特許文献3は、面ファスナーに関し、ダイホイールと射出ダイの溶融樹脂出口の隙間に粗目のシート材を供給してシート材入りの面ファスナーを製造することが開示されている。シート材としては、織物、編物、不織布、金網、樹脂フィルムなどが例示されている(特許文献3の段落0024参照)。特許文献4も、面ファスナーに関し、広い温度域で係合力を確保するために硬質な樹脂製の補強体層を設けることが開示されている。特許文献5,6には、レールファスナー用のスライダーが開示されている。特許文献7,8にはコイル状エレメントを具備するファスナーチェーンがレールファスナーに貼り合わされた二重ファスナーが開示されている。
Regarding hook-and-loop fasteners, Patent Document 3 discloses manufacturing a hook-and-loop fastener containing a sheet material by supplying a coarse sheet material to a gap between a die wheel and a molten resin outlet of an injection die. Examples of sheet materials include woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, non-woven fabrics, wire meshes, and resin films (see paragraph 0024 of Patent Document 3). Patent Literature 4 also relates to hook-and-loop fasteners, and discloses providing a reinforcing layer made of hard resin in order to ensure engaging force in a wide temperature range. Patent Documents 5 and 6 disclose sliders for rail fasteners. Patent Documents 7 and 8 disclose a double fastener in which a fastener chain having a coiled element is attached to a rail fastener.
取付対象物に対するレールファスナーの熱圧着のため、又は、レールファスナーの嵌合部同士の円滑な嵌合のためにある程度の軟性を有する樹脂でレールファスナーを成形する場合、レールファスナーの取付のための取付シートの厚みを抑えつつ適度な硬さを得ることが容易ではなく、またレールファスナーのシール性能(例えば、水密性、気密性)も安定しないおそれがある。なお、取付シートが樹脂の薄層として形成される場合、取付シートが軟らかすぎてその取付(例えば、熱圧着及び/又は縫着)に際して取り扱いづらいおそれがある。このように、レールファスナーの取付シートの適度な硬さとレールファスナーのシール性能の向上を同時に達成することには困難があった。
For mounting rail fasteners when molding rail fasteners with a resin that has a certain degree of flexibility for thermocompression bonding of rail fasteners to objects to be mounted, or for smooth fitting of fitting portions of rail fasteners. It is not easy to obtain an appropriate hardness while suppressing the thickness of the mounting sheet, and the sealing performance (for example, watertightness and airtightness) of the rail fastener may not be stable. If the mounting sheet is formed as a thin layer of resin, the mounting sheet may be too soft and difficult to handle during mounting (for example, thermocompression bonding and/or sewing). Thus, it has been difficult to simultaneously achieve appropriate hardness of the mounting sheet for the rail fastener and improvement of the sealing performance of the rail fastener.
本開示の一態様に係るレールファスナーは、第1取付シートと第1嵌合部を含む第1ストリンガーと、第2取付シートと第2嵌合部を含む第2ストリンガーを含み、第1及び第2嵌合部が嵌合してレール部が形成される。第1取付シートは、可撓性のある第1補強シートと、第1補強シートを少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく第1嵌合部から延出し、第1嵌合部の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第1表皮部を含む。第2取付シートは、可撓性のある第2補強シートと、第2補強シートを少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく第2嵌合部から延出し、第2嵌合部の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第2表皮部を含む。次の(i)及び(ii)のいずれかの条件が満足される:(i)第1及び第2嵌合部は、第1及び第2嵌合部の嵌合時、第1補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第1表皮部の第1接触面と、第2補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第2表皮部の第2接触面が、第1及び第2補強シートの間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される;及び(ii)第1及び第2嵌合部は、第1及び第2嵌合部の嵌合時、第1補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第1嵌合部の第1接触面と、第2補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第2嵌合部の第2接触面が、第1及び第2補強シートの間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される。
A rail fastener according to one aspect of the present disclosure includes a first stringer that includes a first mounting sheet and a first fitting portion, and a second stringer that includes a second mounting sheet and a second fitting portion. The two fitting portions are fitted to form a rail portion. The first mounting sheet includes a flexible first reinforcing sheet and a first mounting sheet extending from the first fitting portion to at least partially cover the first reinforcing sheet and made of the same resin as the resin of the first fitting portion. including a first skin consisting of: A second mounting sheet extends from the second fitting portion to at least partially cover the second reinforcing sheet, which is flexible, and is made of the same resin as the resin of the second fitting portion. a second skin consisting of Either of the following conditions (i) and (ii) are satisfied: (i) the first and second fitting portions are arranged so that the first reinforcing sheet is The first contact surface of the first skin portion located outside the inner edge of the seat and the second contact surface of the second skin portion located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet are the first and second contact surfaces of the second reinforcing sheet. and (ii) the first and second mating portions are configured to compressively contact each other between the second reinforcing sheets; A first contact surface of the first fitting portion located outside the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet, and a second contact surface of the second fitting portion located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet. are configured to press against each other between the first and second stiffening sheets.
(i)の条件が満足される場合、第1嵌合部は、少なくとも雄型突起を含む雄型嵌合部であり、第2嵌合部は、雄型突起を受容する受容空間を有し、かつ受容空間から雄型突起が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられた雌型嵌合部であり得る。更には、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間が第2補強シート上に配されるように設けられ得る。また、更には、雌型嵌合部は、雌型嵌合部からの雄型突起の離脱を阻止する係止面が設けられた係止突起を有し、係止面は、第2補強シート上に位置付けられ得る。
When condition (i) is satisfied, the first fitting portion is a male fitting portion including at least a male projection, and the second fitting portion has a receiving space for receiving the male projection. and a female mating shaped to prevent disengagement of the male projection from the receiving space. Furthermore, the female fitting can be provided such that the receiving space is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet. Furthermore, the female fitting portion has a locking projection provided with a locking surface that prevents the male projection from being detached from the female fitting portion, and the locking surface is provided with the second reinforcing sheet. can be positioned above.
幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された下顎及び上顎を含む。下顎は、下側係止面を有するべく上方に突出した下側係止突起を含み、上顎は、上側係止面を有するべく下方に突出した上側係止突起を含む。雄型突起は、首部と頭部を有する矢型突起であり、頭部が、下側被係止面を有するべく下方に突出した下側被係止部と、上側被係止面を有するべく上方に突出した上側被係止部を有する。下側係止面と上側係止面が第2補強シート上に位置付けられ得る。
In some embodiments, the female fitting includes lower and upper jaws arranged oppositely to define a receiving space. The lower jaw includes a lower locking projection projecting upward to have a lower locking surface and the upper jaw includes an upper locking projection projecting downward to have an upper locking surface. The male projection is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck and a head, the head having a lower locking portion projecting downward to have a lower locking surface and an upper locking surface. It has an upper locked portion projecting upward. A lower locking surface and an upper locking surface may be positioned on the second reinforcing sheet.
幾つかの実施形態では、下側係止面は、上方に延びるに応じて下顎と上顎の結合部に接近するように傾斜し、上側係止面は、下方に延びるに応じて結合部に接近するように傾斜し、下側被係止面は、下側係止面との接触のために傾斜し、上側被係止面は、上側係止面との接触のために傾斜する。
In some embodiments, the lower locking surface is angled to approach the junction of the lower and upper jaws as it extends upwards and the upper locking surface approaches the junction as it extends downwards. , the lower locked surface is inclined for contact with the lower locking surface and the upper locked surface is inclined for contact with the upper locking surface.
幾つかの実施形態では、第1接触面は、第1補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を含み、及び/又は、第2接触面は、第2補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を含む。
In some embodiments, the first contact surface comprises a convex surface projecting outwardly of the inner edge of the first reinforcement sheet and/or the second contact surface comprises an inner surface of the second reinforcement sheet. It includes a convex surface projecting outwardly of the sheet beyond the edge.
幾つかの実施形態では、雄型嵌合部は、雄型突起が結合した閉鎖壁を更に含み、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部は、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合時、雄型突起と雌型嵌合部間の1以上の第1接触箇所と、第1接触面と第2接触面間の第2接触箇所に加えて、雄型突起に関して第2接触箇所の反対側において閉鎖壁と雌型嵌合部がお互いに圧迫し合って接触する第3接触箇所を有するように構成される。雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された下顎及び上顎を含み、第3接触箇所において上顎と閉鎖壁がお互いに圧迫し合って接触し得る。
In some embodiments, the male fitting further comprises a closure wall to which the male projection is coupled, wherein the male fitting and the female fitting are the male fitting and the female fitting. In addition to the at least one first contact point between the male projection and the female mating portion and the second contact point between the first contact surface and the second contact surface, a second On the opposite side of the contact point, the closure wall and the female mating portion are configured to have a third contact point where they press against each other. The female fitting includes a lower jaw and an upper jaw opposed to define a receiving space, wherein the upper jaw and the closure wall may press against each other at a third contact point.
幾つかの実施形態では、雄型突起は、首部と頭部を有する矢型突起であり、頭部は、上側被係止部と下側被係止部を含む。下顎は、下側被係止部が係止される下側係止突起を含み、上顎は、上側被係止部が係止される上側係止突起を含む。1以上の第1接触箇所は、上側被係止部と上側係止突起がお互いに圧迫し合って接触した接触箇所と、下側被係止部と下側係止突起がお互いに圧迫し合って接触した接触箇所を含み得る。
In some embodiments, the male projection is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck and a head, the head including an upper latched portion and a lower latched portion. The lower jaw includes a lower locking projection to which the lower locked portion is locked, and the upper jaw includes an upper locking projection to which the upper locked portion is locked. The one or more first contact points are a contact point where the upper locked portion and the upper locking projection press against each other and contact, and a contact point where the lower locked portion and the lower locking projection press against each other. can include contact points that are touched by
幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部の受容空間への雄型突起の挿入方向における首部の長さは、閉鎖壁と上側被係止部の間で上側係止突起が挟まれた状態での閉鎖壁に対する上側係止突起の接触点と上側係止面の最下点の間隔又はこの間隔の最小値未満である。
In some embodiments, the length of the neck in the direction of insertion of the male projection into the receiving space of the female mating portion is such that the upper locking projection is sandwiched between the closing wall and the upper locked portion. at or less than the minimum value of this distance between the contact point of the upper locking projection and the lowest point of the upper locking surface at .
幾つかの実施形態では、次の(a)~(c)のいずれかの条件が満足される:
(a)第1及び第2補強シートそれぞれは、紙、不織布、織物、及び編物から成る群から選択される少なくとも1つを含む;
(b)第1補強シートの両面が第1表皮部により被覆され、第2補強シートの両面が第2表皮部により被覆される;及び
(c)第1補強シートの少なくとも片面上における第1表皮部の層厚が、第1補強シートの厚み以下であり、第2補強シートの少なくとも片面上における第2表皮部の層厚が、第2補強シートの厚み以下である。 In some embodiments, any of the following conditions (a)-(c) are met:
(a) each of the first and second reinforcing sheets comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, and knitted fabric;
(b) both sides of the first reinforcing sheet are covered by the first skin portion and both sides of the second reinforcing sheet are covered by the second skin portion; and (c) the first skin on at least one side of the first reinforcing sheet. The layer thickness of the portion is equal to or less than the thickness of the first reinforcing sheet, and the layer thickness of the second skin portion on at least one surface of the second reinforcing sheet is equal to or less than the thickness of the second reinforcing sheet.
(a)第1及び第2補強シートそれぞれは、紙、不織布、織物、及び編物から成る群から選択される少なくとも1つを含む;
(b)第1補強シートの両面が第1表皮部により被覆され、第2補強シートの両面が第2表皮部により被覆される;及び
(c)第1補強シートの少なくとも片面上における第1表皮部の層厚が、第1補強シートの厚み以下であり、第2補強シートの少なくとも片面上における第2表皮部の層厚が、第2補強シートの厚み以下である。 In some embodiments, any of the following conditions (a)-(c) are met:
(a) each of the first and second reinforcing sheets comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, and knitted fabric;
(b) both sides of the first reinforcing sheet are covered by the first skin portion and both sides of the second reinforcing sheet are covered by the second skin portion; and (c) the first skin on at least one side of the first reinforcing sheet. The layer thickness of the portion is equal to or less than the thickness of the first reinforcing sheet, and the layer thickness of the second skin portion on at least one surface of the second reinforcing sheet is equal to or less than the thickness of the second reinforcing sheet.
幾つかの実施形態では、レールファスナーがスライダーを更に備える。スライダーは、第1翼板、第2翼板、第1翼板と第2翼板を連結するべく第1翼板と第2翼板の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱、スライダーの幅方向における第1翼板の両側縁から第2翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁、及び第1翼板から離れた位置で第1及び第2側壁からスライダーの幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出した第1及び第2挿入片を含み得る。第1挿入片が第1ストリンガーの第1ガイド溝に挿入され、第2挿入片が第2ストリンガーの第2ガイド溝に挿入される。
In some embodiments, the rail fastener further comprises a slider. The slider includes a first blade, a second blade, a connecting column extending vertically between the first blade and the second blade to connect the first blade and the second blade, and a first blade in the width direction of the slider. First and second side walls extending vertically from both side edges of the blade toward the second blade, and approaching each other in the width direction of the slider from the first and second side walls at a position away from the first blade. It may include first and second insert pieces protruding to align with each other. The first insert piece is inserted into the first guide groove of the first stringer, and the second insert piece is inserted into the second guide groove of the second stringer.
好適には、第1ガイド溝への第1挿入片の挿入及び第2ガイド溝への第2挿入片の挿入に基づいて、(i)スライダー内における雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の上下方向の位置が規制され、及び/又は、(ii)スライダー内において嵌合完了した状態の雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部が、第1翼板に対して上方空間を空けて配置され、かつ第2翼板に対して下方空間を空けて配置される。追加又は代替的に、第1ガイド溝への第1挿入片の挿入及び第2ガイド溝への第2挿入片の挿入に基づいて、第1取付シート及び第2取付シートが、第1翼板寄りに位置付けられる。
Preferably, based on the insertion of the first insertion piece into the first guide groove and the insertion of the second insertion piece into the second guide groove, (i) the male fitting part and the female fitting part in the slider and/or (ii) the male fitting part and the female fitting part in a state of being completely fitted in the slider are spaced apart from the first blade plate arranged and spaced downward with respect to the second vane. Additionally or alternatively, based on the insertion of the first insert piece into the first guide groove and the insertion of the second insert piece into the second guide groove, the first mounting sheet and the second mounting sheet are attached to the first vane plate. positioned near.
幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された一対の顎を含む。スライダー内での雄型嵌合部と雌型嵌合部の嵌合過程において、一対の顎の各々が、第1翼板及び第2翼板のいずれにも接触しない。
In some embodiments, the female fitting includes a pair of opposing jaws to define a receiving space. Each of the pair of jaws contacts neither the first blade nor the second blade during the mating process of the male fitting and the female fitting within the slider.
幾つかの実施形態では、第1挿入片は、第1側壁の先端部の先端面と共に第1取付シートに接触するように設けられ、かつ第2挿入片は、第2側壁の先端部の先端面と共に第2取付シートに接触するように設けられる。
In some embodiments, the first insert piece is provided to contact the first mounting sheet together with the distal end surface of the distal end portion of the first sidewall, and the second insert piece is provided to contact the distal end portion of the distal end portion of the second sidewall. It is provided to contact the second mounting sheet together with the surface.
幾つかの実施形態では、スライダーは、スライダーの幅方向における第2翼板の両側縁から第1翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第3及び第4側壁を更に備える。
In some embodiments, the slider further includes third and fourth sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the second blade in the width direction of the slider toward the first blade.
幾つかの実施形態では、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部は、第1及び第2側壁の間で圧迫されてスライダー内で嵌合する。
In some embodiments, the male and female fittings are compressed between the first and second sidewalls to fit within the slider.
幾つかの実施形態では、第1挿入片と第2挿入片の間の間隔は、スライダーの移動時に雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部が第1挿入片と第2挿入片の間で圧迫されないように設定される。
In some embodiments, the spacing between the first insert piece and the second insert piece is such that the male mating portion and the female mating portion are between the first insert piece and the second insert piece during movement of the slider. It is set so that it is not compressed.
幾つかの実施形態では、連結柱は、第1及び第2側壁よりも前方に位置付けられ、かつ第1翼板及び第2翼板の各前端よりも後方にオフセットして位置付けられる。
In some embodiments, the connecting post is positioned forward of the first and second sidewalls and offset rearwardly of the front ends of the first and second blades.
幾つかの実施形態では、第1翼板の前端部は、連結柱から離れるに応じて第2翼板から離れるように傾斜する第1傾斜面を有し、及び、第2翼板の前端部は、連結柱から離れるに応じて第1翼板から離れるように傾斜する第2傾斜面を有する。
In some embodiments, the front end of the first blade has a first sloped surface that slopes away from the second blade as it moves away from the connecting post, and the front end of the second blade has a second sloped surface that slopes away from the first vane as it moves away from the connecting post.
幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された一対の顎を含む。第1翼板及び第2翼板の少なくとも一つは、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する一対の顎の一つを受容する受容溝を有する。
In some embodiments, the female fitting includes a pair of opposing jaws to define a receiving space. At least one of the first blade and the second blade has a receiving groove for receiving one of the pair of jaws displaced when the male and female mating portions are mated or unmated.
本開示の別態様に係る二重ファスナーは、上述した様々なレールファスナーのいずれかと、レールファスナーに対して貼り合わされたファスナーチェーンと、第1翼板、第2翼板、第1翼板と第2翼板を連結するべく第1翼板と第2翼板の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱を有するスライダーを含む。ファスナーチェーンは、第1ストリンガーに対して貼り合わされた第3ストリンガーと、第2ストリンガーに対して貼り合わされた第4ストリンガーを含む。第3及び第4ストリンガーは、各々、スライダーの前進時、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合に同期して係合する第1及び第2コイル状エレメントを含む。
A dual fastener according to another aspect of the present disclosure includes any of the various rail fasteners described above, a fastener chain laminated to the rail fastener, a first wing, a second wing, a first wing and a second wing. A slider having a connecting post extending vertically between the first and second vanes for connecting the two vanes is included. The fastener chain includes a third stringer attached to the first stringer and a fourth stringer attached to the second stringer. The third and fourth stringers each include first and second coiled elements that synchronously engage mating male and female mating portions during advancement of the slider.
幾つかの実施形態では、雌型嵌合部は、受容空間を画定するべく対向配置された下顎及び上顎を含み、上顎が下顎よりも第2取付シートから離れて位置付けられる。第1翼板は、雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する上顎を受容する受容溝を有する。受容溝は、第1翼板の後端面に到達するまで連結柱の後端に隣接する位置から直線的に延び得る。
In some embodiments, the female fitting includes a lower jaw and an upper jaw opposed to define a receiving space, with the upper jaw positioned further from the second mounting sheet than the lower jaw. The first vane has a receiving groove that receives the upper jaw that is displaced when the male and female mating portions are mated or unmated. The receiving groove may extend linearly from a position adjacent the rear end of the connecting post until it reaches the rear end face of the first vane.
幾つかの実施形態では、第2翼板は、係合状態の第1及び第2コイル状エレメントの上下方向における位置を規制するべく連結柱から後方に延びる凸状の仕切り部を有し、受容溝は、スライダーの幅方向において仕切り部よりも幅広又は同等の幅に形成される。
In some embodiments, the second vane has a convex partition extending rearwardly from the connecting post for restricting the vertical position of the first and second coiled elements in the engaged state. The groove is formed to have a width wider than or equal to that of the partition in the width direction of the slider.
幾つかの実施形態では、スライダーは、スライダーの幅方向における第1翼板の両側縁から第2翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁を更に含む。スライダーは、第1側壁から第2側壁に向けて***した第1***部と、第2側壁から第1側壁に向けて***した第2***部を有し、第1***部及び第2***部は、上顎の変形を許容する空間を空けて対向配置される。
In some embodiments, the slider further includes first and second sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the first blade in the width direction of the slider toward the second blade. The slider has a first raised portion raised from the first side wall toward the second side wall and a second raised portion raised from the second side wall toward the first side wall, the first raised portion and the second raised portion are placed opposite each other with a space that allows for deformation of the maxilla.
幾つかの実施形態では、スライダーは、スライダーの幅方向における第1翼板の両側縁から第2翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁と、スライダーの幅方向における第2翼板の両側縁から第1翼板に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第3及び第4側壁を含む。雄型嵌合部及び雌型嵌合部は、第1及び第2側壁の間で圧迫されてスライダー内で嵌合する。第1及び第2コイル状エレメントは、第3及び第4側壁の間で圧迫されることなくそれらの間で係合し、かつ係合解除される。
In some embodiments, the slider includes first and second sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the first blade in the width direction of the slider toward the second blade, and second sidewalls in the width direction of the slider. It includes third and fourth sidewalls extending vertically from both side edges of the blade toward the first blade. The male and female fittings are compressed between the first and second sidewalls to fit within the slider. The first and second coiled elements are engaged and disengaged between the third and fourth sidewalls without compression therebetween.
幾つかの実施形態では、スライダーの幅方向における第1及び第2側壁の最大間隔は、連結柱よりも後方の全位置において、スライダーの幅方向における第3及び第4側壁の最大間隔よりも大きく設定される。
In some embodiments, the maximum spacing between the first and second side walls in the width direction of the slider is greater than the maximum spacing between the third and fourth side walls in the width direction of the slider at all positions behind the connecting post. set.
幾つかの実施形態では、第1及び第2コイル状エレメントは、各々、雄型及び雌型嵌合部よりも薄型である。
In some embodiments, the first and second coiled elements are thinner than the male and female fittings, respectively.
本開示の別態様に係るレールファスナーの製造方法は、押出成形機に樹脂材料を供給して押出成形機の第1口金から第1ストリンガーを押し出す工程にして、第1ストリンガーが第1取付シートと第1嵌合部を含む工程と、押出成形機に樹脂材料を供給して押出成形機の第2口金から第2ストリンガーを押し出す工程にして、第2ストリンガーが第2取付シートと第2嵌合部を含む工程を含む。レールファスナーの製造方法は、可撓性のある第1補強シートを第1口金に供給して第1ストリンガーの第1取付シートに第1補強シートを導入する工程にして、第1補強シートは、第1嵌合部から延出し、かつ第1嵌合部の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第1取付シートの第1表皮部により少なくとも部分的に被覆される工程と、可撓性のある第2補強シートを第2口金に供給して第2ストリンガーの第2取付シートに第2補強シートを導入する工程にして、第2補強シートは、第2嵌合部から延出し、かつ第2嵌合部の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第2取付シートの第2表皮部により少なくとも部分的に被覆される工程を更に含む。第1及び第2嵌合部が嵌合してレール部が形成される時に所定の状態になるように、第1口金の放出口における第1補強シートの位置と第2口金の放出口における第2補強シートの位置が設定される。所定の状態は、第1嵌合部及び/又は第1表皮部の第1接触面と第2嵌合部及び/又は第2表皮部の第2接触面が第1及び第2補強シートの間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触する状態を含む。
A method for manufacturing a rail fastener according to another aspect of the present disclosure includes a step of supplying a resin material to an extruder and extruding a first stringer from a first die of the extruder, wherein the first stringer and the first mounting sheet a step of supplying the resin material to the extruder and extruding the second stringer from the second nozzle of the extruder, wherein the second stringer is engaged with the second mounting sheet in the second fitting; including the step of including the part. A method for manufacturing a rail fastener includes a step of supplying a flexible first reinforcing sheet to a first mouthpiece and introducing the first reinforcing sheet to a first attachment sheet of a first stringer, wherein the first reinforcing sheet is: covering at least partially with a first skin portion of a first mounting sheet extending from the first fitting portion and made of the same resin as that of the first fitting portion; In the step of supplying the reinforcing sheet to the second mouthpiece and introducing the second reinforcing sheet to the second attachment sheet of the second stringer, the second reinforcing sheet extends from the second fitting portion and is attached to the second fitting portion. At least partially covered with a second skin portion of the second mounting sheet made of the same resin as the resin of the portion. The position of the first reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the first base and the position of the first reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the second base are arranged so that a predetermined state is established when the first and second fitting portions are fitted to form the rail portion. 2 The position of the reinforcing sheet is set. The predetermined state is such that the first contact surface of the first fitting portion and/or the first skin portion and the second contact surface of the second fitting portion and/or the second skin portion are positioned between the first and second reinforcing sheets. Including the state of contact by pressing against each other.
幾つかの実施形態では、第1口金は、第1補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に第1接触面を成形するように構成され、及び/又は、第2口金は、第2補強シートの内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に第2接触面を成形するように構成される。
In some embodiments, the first base is configured to form the first contact surface on a convex surface projecting outwardly of the inner edge of the first reinforcing sheet and/or the second base is configured to form a second contact surface on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet.
幾つかの実施形態では、第1嵌合部は、少なくとも雄型突起と雄型突起が結合した閉鎖壁を含む雄型嵌合部であり、第2嵌合部は、雄型突起を受容する受容空間を有し、かつ受容空間から雄型突起が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられた雌型嵌合部である。第2口金の放出口における第2補強シートの位置は、雌型嵌合部の受容空間が第2補強シート上に配されるように設定される。
In some embodiments, the first fitting is a male fitting including at least a male projection and a closure wall to which the male projection is coupled, and the second fitting receives the male projection. A female mating portion having a receiving space and configured to prevent disengagement of the male projection from the receiving space. The position of the second reinforcing sheet at the discharge port of the second mouthpiece is set so that the receiving space of the female fitting portion is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet.
本開示の一態様によれば、レールファスナーの取付シートの適度な硬さとレールファスナーのシール性能の向上を同時に達成することができる。
According to one aspect of the present disclosure, it is possible to simultaneously achieve an appropriate hardness of the mounting sheet for the rail fastener and an improvement in the sealing performance of the rail fastener.
以下、図面を参照しつつ、様々な実施形態及び特徴について説明する。当業者は、過剰説明を要せず、各実施形態及び/又は各特徴を組み合わせることができ、この組み合わせによる相乗効果も理解可能である。実施形態間の重複説明は、原則的に省略する。参照図面は、発明の記述を主たる目的とするものであり、作図の便宜のために簡略化されている。各特徴は、本願に開示されたレールファスナー及びその製造方法にのみ有効であるものではなく、本明細書に開示されていない他の様々なレールファスナー及びその製造方法にも通用する普遍的な特徴として理解される。
Various embodiments and features will be described below with reference to the drawings. A person skilled in the art can combine each embodiment and/or each feature without undue explanation, and can also understand the synergistic effect of this combination. Redundant explanations among the embodiments will be omitted in principle. The referenced drawings are primarily for the purpose of describing the invention and are simplified for drawing convenience. Each feature is not only valid for the rail fastener and its manufacturing method disclosed in this application, but is a universal feature applicable to various other rail fasteners and its manufacturing method not disclosed in this specification. be understood as
本願明細書では、第1及び第2といった用語を用いて同一名称の部材又は部分を区別する場合がある。例えば、ストリンガー1,2、嵌合部11,12、取付シート21,22、ガイド溝G1,G2、挿入片99a,99bは、各々、第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12、第1及び第2取付シート21,22、第1及び第2ガイド溝G1,G2、及び第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bとして命名可能である。明細書においては記載の簡素化のために第1及び第2といった識別語を省略する場合がある。
In this specification, terms such as first and second may be used to distinguish members or parts with the same name. For example, the stringers 1 and 2, the fitting portions 11 and 12, the mounting sheets 21 and 22, the guide grooves G1 and G2, and the insertion pieces 99a and 99b are the first and second stringers 1 and 2 and the first and second stringers 1 and 2, respectively. They can be named as fitting portions 11, 12, first and second mounting sheets 21, 22, first and second guide grooves G1, G2, and first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b. In the specification, identifier terms such as first and second may be omitted for simplification of description.
本願明細書では、前後、左右、及び上下といった用語を用いて部材又は部分の相対的な位置関係を説明する場合がある。前後方向は、レールファスナーの長手方向(図1のFとRe間の双頭矢印)又はスライダーの移動方向に一致し、左右方向は、レールファスナーの幅方向(図1のLとRi間の双頭矢印)に一致し、上下方向は、レールファスナーの厚み方向(図1のUとD間の双頭矢印)に一致する。勿論、上下方向が鉛直方向(重力方向)に一致する必要はない。即ち、本願明細書で参照される方向を示す用語は、レールファスナー基準で理解され、鉛直方向(重力方向)基準で理解されるべきではなく、鉛直方向(重力方向)とは無関係である。
In this specification, terms such as front and back, left and right, and up and down may be used to describe relative positional relationships between members or portions. The longitudinal direction corresponds to the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between F and Re in FIG. 1) or the moving direction of the slider, and the left-right direction corresponds to the width direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between L and Ri in FIG. 1). ), and the vertical direction corresponds to the thickness direction of the rail fastener (the double-headed arrow between U and D in FIG. 1). Of course, the vertical direction does not need to coincide with the vertical direction (the direction of gravity). That is, directional terms referred to in this specification should be understood in terms of rail fasteners and not in terms of the vertical direction (the direction of gravity), and are independent of the vertical direction (the direction of gravity).
レールファスナー100は、樹脂の成形品(例えば、樹脂の押出成形品)であり、所定幅で所定方向に延びる長尺物である。レールファスナー100は、左右一対の分離可能な第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2を有する。第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2それぞれは、レールファスナー100と同じ方向に長尺であり、所定幅で同方向に延びる。レールファスナー100が押出成形により製造される場合、レールファスナー100及び各ストリンガー1,2の長手方向は押出方向に等しい。
The rail fastener 100 is a resin molded article (for example, a resin extrusion molded article), and is a long article that extends in a predetermined direction with a predetermined width. A rail fastener 100 has a pair of left and right separable first and second stringers 1 and 2 . Each of the first and second stringers 1 and 2 is elongated in the same direction as the rail fastener 100 and extends in the same direction with a predetermined width. When the rail fastener 100 is manufactured by extrusion molding, the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and each stringer 1, 2 is equal to the extrusion direction.
第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2の結合により第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2間の開口を閉じ、第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2の結合解除により第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2間に開口を形成することができる。第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2は、各々、布地3,4に熱圧着又は縫着又はこれらの組み合わせによって取り付けられる。布地3,4は、ガーメントの異なる部分(前身頃の左半分及び右半分)であり得る。レールファスナー100が取り付けられる取付対象物は、例えば、衣服、鞄、袋等であり得る。図1では図示されていないが、レールファスナー100の長手方向の一端又は両端において、ストリンガー1,2を不図示の連結部材で連結することができる。勿論、ストリンガー1,2同士を連結部材で連結せず、ストリンガー1,2を完全に分離可能とすることもできる。
The opening between the first and second stringers 1,2 is closed by coupling the first and second stringers 1,2, and the opening between the first and second stringers 1,2 is closed by releasing the coupling of the first and second stringers 1,2. An opening can be formed in the The first and second stringers 1,2 are attached to the fabrics 3,4 respectively by thermocompression or sewing or a combination thereof. The fabrics 3, 4 can be different parts of the garment (left and right halves of the front body). Objects to which the rail fastener 100 is attached may be, for example, clothes, bags, bags, and the like. Although not shown in FIG. 1, the stringers 1 and 2 can be connected by a connecting member (not shown) at one or both ends of the rail fastener 100 in the longitudinal direction. Of course, the stringers 1 and 2 can be completely separated without connecting the stringers 1 and 2 with a connecting member.
第1ストリンガー1は、第1嵌合部11及び第1取付シート21を有する。第2ストリンガー2は、第2嵌合部12及び第2取付シート22を有する。第1及び第2嵌合部11,12それぞれは、所定の断面形状を保ちつつレールファスナー100の長手方向に連続的に形成されている。第1及び第2取付シート21,22は、各々、上面21m,22mと下面21n,22nにより画定される所定厚の可撓性のあるシート(後述のように複合シート)であり、所定幅でレールファスナー100の長手方向に連続的に形成されている。第1嵌合部11は、第1取付シート21の内側縁21a又は内側縁21a寄りの位置に設けられる。第2嵌合部12は、第2取付シート22の内側縁22a又は内側縁22a寄りの位置に設けられる。なお、第1及び第2取付シート21,22は、これらの結合時、お互いに隣接して配置される内側縁21a,22aを有するものであり、内側縁21a,22aの反対側の外側縁21b,22bで縫い糸8により布地3,4に縫い付けられ得る。なお、縫い糸8の縫い目を塞ぐように取付シートに防水テープを貼り付けてその防水性を高めても良い。また、取付シートと布地との結合方法は、縫い糸8を用いた方法に限られるものではなく、溶着によって両者を結合しても良い。
The first stringer 1 has a first fitting portion 11 and a first attachment sheet 21 . The second stringer 2 has a second fitting portion 12 and a second attachment sheet 22 . Each of the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 while maintaining a predetermined cross-sectional shape. The first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 are flexible sheets (composite sheets as described below) of predetermined thickness defined by upper surfaces 21m, 22m and lower surfaces 21n, 22n, respectively, and can be It is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 . The first fitting portion 11 is provided at the inner edge 21a of the first attachment sheet 21 or at a position near the inner edge 21a. The second fitting portion 12 is provided at the inner edge 22a of the second attachment sheet 22 or at a position near the inner edge 22a. It should be noted that the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 have inner edges 21a, 22a that are arranged adjacent to each other when they are joined, and an outer edge 21b on the opposite side of the inner edges 21a, 22a. , 22b can be sewn to the fabrics 3, 4 by the thread 8. As shown in FIG. A waterproof tape may be attached to the mounting sheet so as to cover the seams of the sewing thread 8 to enhance its waterproofness. Also, the method of joining the attachment sheet and the fabric is not limited to the method using the sewing thread 8, and the two may be joined by welding.
第1及び第2嵌合部11,12が嵌合してレール部10が形成される。第1及び第2嵌合部11,12と同様、レール部10は、レールファスナー100の長手方向に連続的に形成されている。レール部10における第1及び第2嵌合部11,12同士の接触によって第1及び第2嵌合部11,12間の隙間が閉じられ、この程度に応じてレールファスナー100は所望のシール性能を発揮する。即ち、レール部10の隙間を介して流体(液体又は気体)が移動することが抑制又は阻止される。
The rail portion 10 is formed by fitting the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 together. As with the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12, the rail portion 10 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100. As shown in FIG. The gap between the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 is closed by the contact between the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 in the rail portion 10, and the rail fastener 100 achieves the desired sealing performance according to this degree. demonstrate. That is, movement of the fluid (liquid or gas) through the gap of the rail portion 10 is suppressed or prevented.
第1嵌合部11が雄型嵌合部5(図2参照)であり、第2嵌合部12が雌型嵌合部6(図3参照)である。レールファスナー100の幅方向における雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合がレールファスナー100の長手方向に沿って連続することにより第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2が結合し、レールファスナー100の幅方向における雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合がレールファスナー100の長手方向に沿って連続的に解除されることにより第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2が結合解除される。雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合方向は、上下方向ではなく左右方向に等しい。なお、レールファスナー100の幅方向は、レールファスナー100の長手方向に直交し、取付シート21,22の厚み方向に直交する方向である。雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の具体的な構成は、図2,3に示すものの他、当業者により任意に設計可能である。雄型嵌合部と雌型嵌合部の組み合わせに限らず、雄型嵌合部と雄型嵌合部の組み合わせで嵌合部11,12を構成することもできる。
The first fitting portion 11 is the male fitting portion 5 (see FIG. 2), and the second fitting portion 12 is the female fitting portion 6 (see FIG. 3). The first and second stringers 1 and 2 are coupled by continuing the engagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, The engagement between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is continuously released along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, thereby separating the first and second stringers 1, 2 from each other. is decoupled. The mating direction of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 is not the vertical direction but the horizontal direction. The width direction of the rail fastener 100 is perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and perpendicular to the thickness direction of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 . The specific configurations of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 can be arbitrarily designed by those skilled in the art, in addition to those shown in FIGS. The fitting portions 11 and 12 may be configured by combining the male fitting portion and the male fitting portion without being limited to the combination of the male fitting portion and the female fitting portion.
雄型嵌合部5は、雄型突起52と、雄型突起52(例えば、その基端部で)が結合した閉鎖壁51を含む雄型嵌合部である。閉鎖壁51は、取付シート21の上面21mから(好適には垂直に)立ち上がる。雄型突起52は、閉鎖壁51から取付シート21に関するシート外方に延びる。雄型嵌合部5は、更に、雄型突起52とは反対側(即ち、シート内方)に閉鎖壁51から突出したガイド突起53を有することもできる。なお、シート外方は、上下方向に直交する平面に関して、あるシート(例えば、取付シート、又は後述の補強シート)のシート面(上面又は下面)上の点からシート面外の点に向かう方向であり、シート内方は、その逆方向である。閉鎖壁51、雄型突起52、及びガイド突起53は、いずれもレールファスナー100の長手方向に連続的に形成されており、これらが具備する面についても同様である。ガイド突起53は、スライダー9との関係で設けられており、省略可能である。
The male fitting 5 is a male fitting that includes a male projection 52 and a closing wall 51 to which the male projection 52 is coupled (eg, at its proximal end). The closing wall 51 rises (preferably vertically) from the upper surface 21m of the mounting sheet 21 . A male projection 52 extends from the closure wall 51 outwardly relative to the mounting seat 21 . The male fitting portion 5 may further have a guide projection 53 projecting from the closing wall 51 on the side opposite to the male projection 52 (that is, toward the inside of the seat). In addition, the sheet outer direction is a direction from a point on the sheet surface (upper surface or lower surface) of a certain sheet (for example, a mounting sheet or a reinforcing sheet described later) to a point outside the sheet surface with respect to a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction. Yes, and the inside of the seat is in the opposite direction. The closing wall 51, the male projection 52, and the guide projection 53 are all formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100, and the surfaces provided by these are also the same. The guide projection 53 is provided in relation to the slider 9 and can be omitted.
閉鎖壁51は、取付シート21に関するシート外方を臨んで雌型嵌合部6に対面する壁面51fを有し、雄型突起52よりも上側の上部壁面とそれよりも下側の下部壁面に区分される。これらの上部及び下部壁面は、レールファスナー100の幅方向(左右方向)が直交する平坦な垂直面であるが、いずれか又は両方を傾斜面としても良い。壁面51fの上部及び下部壁面のいずれか又は両方に凹部又は凸部を設けることもできる。なお、壁面51fの下部壁面は、雄型突起52の下面から下方に延びる。壁面51fの上部壁面は、雄型突起52の上面から上方に延びて閉鎖壁51の頂面に到達する。
The closing wall 51 has a wall surface 51f that faces the female fitting portion 6 while facing the outside of the mounting sheet 21, and has an upper wall surface above the male projection 52 and a lower wall surface below it. classified. These upper and lower wall surfaces are flat vertical surfaces perpendicular to the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rail fastener 100, but either or both of them may be inclined surfaces. Either or both of the upper and lower wall surfaces of the wall surface 51f may be provided with recesses or protrusions. A lower wall surface of the wall surface 51f extends downward from the lower surface of the male projection 52. As shown in FIG. The upper wall surface of wall surface 51f extends upwardly from the upper surface of male projection 52 to reach the top surface of closure wall 51 .
雄型突起52は、取付シート21に関するシート外方に突出し、かつ首部52aと頭部52bを有する矢型突起であり得る。首部52aが閉鎖壁51に連結され、頭部52bが首部52aに連結される。首部52aは、上面52a1と下面52a2から規定される厚みを有し、頭部52bは、上面52b1と下面52b2から規定される厚みを有する。頭部52bは、首部52aよりも厚い。頭部52bは、上側被係止部52cと下側被係止部52dを含む。上側被係止部52cは、首部52aの上面52a1から上方に突出し、下側被係止部52dは、首部52aの下面52a2から下方に突出し、各々には、上側及び下側被係止面52e,52fが設けられる。上側及び下側被係止面52e,52fは、各々、閉鎖壁51の壁面51fの上部壁面及び下部壁面に対面するように設けられ、両者の間に後述の雌型嵌合部6の上側及び下側係止突起64,63を個別に受容するための上側及び下側受容溝52p,52qが形成される。上側及び下側被係止面52e,52fは、レールファスナー100の幅方向(左右方向)が直交する平坦な垂直面であるが、傾斜面とすることもできる。なお、上側受容溝52pは、壁面51fの上部壁面、首部52aの上面52a1、及び上側被係止面52eにより画定される。下側受容溝52qは、壁面51fの下部壁面、首部52aの下面52a2、及び下側被係止面52fにより画定される。
The male projection 52 can be an arrow-shaped projection that projects outward from the mounting sheet 21 and has a neck portion 52a and a head portion 52b. The neck 52a is connected to the closing wall 51 and the head 52b is connected to the neck 52a. The neck portion 52a has a thickness defined by an upper surface 52a1 and a lower surface 52a2, and the head portion 52b has a thickness defined by an upper surface 52b1 and a lower surface 52b2. Head 52b is thicker than neck 52a. The head 52b includes an upper locked portion 52c and a lower locked portion 52d. The upper locked portion 52c projects upward from an upper surface 52a1 of the neck portion 52a, and the lower locked portion 52d projects downward from a lower surface 52a2 of the neck portion 52a. , 52f are provided. The upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f are provided so as to face the upper and lower wall surfaces of the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51, respectively, and the upper and lower surfaces of the female fitting portion 6, which will be described later, are provided therebetween. Upper and lower receiving grooves 52p, 52q are formed for receiving the lower locking projections 64, 63 respectively. The upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f are flat vertical surfaces perpendicular to each other in the width direction (horizontal direction) of the rail fastener 100, but may be inclined surfaces. The upper receiving groove 52p is defined by the upper wall surface of the wall surface 51f, the upper surface 52a1 of the neck portion 52a, and the upper engaged surface 52e. The lower receiving groove 52q is defined by the lower wall surface of the wall surface 51f, the lower surface 52a2 of the neck portion 52a, and the lower engaged surface 52f.
頭部52bは、先端に向けて先細りに形状付けられており、詳細には、その先端部(図示例では先端面52t)に向けて下り傾斜する上側傾斜面52rと、その先端部(図示例では先端面52t)に向けて上り傾斜する下側傾斜面52sを有する。このような頭部52bの形状によって雄型嵌合部5を雌型嵌合部6(後述の下顎61と上顎62の間)に圧入し易くなる。なお、首部52a及び頭部52bは、いずれもレールファスナー100の長手方向に沿って連続的に形成されている。
The head 52b is tapered toward the tip, and more specifically, has an upper inclined surface 52r that slopes downward toward the tip (the tip surface 52t in the illustrated example), and an upper inclined surface 52r that slopes downward toward the tip (the has a lower inclined surface 52s inclined upward toward the tip surface 52t). Such a shape of the head portion 52b makes it easier to press-fit the male fitting portion 5 into the female fitting portion 6 (between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, which will be described later). Both the neck portion 52 a and the head portion 52 b are formed continuously along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
ガイド突起53は、閉鎖壁51に関して雄型突起52の反対側に設けられる。ガイド突起53は、取付シート21の上面21mから離間して配置され、取付シート21との間にガイド溝G1が形成される。ガイド突起53は、矩形状の断面に限らず、三角形状又は半円状の断面といった他の形状を持つことができる。
The guide projection 53 is provided on the opposite side of the male projection 52 with respect to the closing wall 51 . The guide protrusion 53 is spaced apart from the upper surface 21m of the mounting sheet 21, and a guide groove G1 is formed between the guide protrusion 53 and the mounting sheet 21. As shown in FIG. The guide projection 53 is not limited to a rectangular cross section, and can have other shapes such as a triangular or semicircular cross section.
雌型嵌合部6は、雄型突起52を受容する受容空間65を有し、かつ受容空間65から雄型突起52が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられる。幾つかの場合、雌型嵌合部6は、下顎61と上顎62を有し、これらの間で受容空間65が画定される。雌型嵌合部6は、下顎61と上顎62が結合部68で結合した略C字状の断面形状を有するが、この断面形状に限られない。受容空間65、下顎61、及び上顎62は、いずれもレールファスナー100の長手方向に連続的に形成されている。下顎61は、下側係止面63sを有するべく(例えば、下顎61の先端部から)上方に突出した下側係止突起63を有し、上顎62は、上側係止面64sを有するべく(例えば、上顎62の先端部から)下方に突出した上側係止突起64を有する。下側係止突起63と上側係止突起64により雄型突起52の挿入口69が画定される。下側係止面63sと上側係止面64sは、受容空間65への雄型突起52の挿入方向A1に直交又は傾斜して設けられ、雌型嵌合部6からの雄型突起52の離脱を阻止する。なお、挿入方向A1は、レールファスナー100の幅方向に等しい。下側係止突起63により下側被係止部52dが係止され、上側係止突起64により上側被係止部52cが係止される。
The female fitting part 6 has a receiving space 65 for receiving the male projection 52 and is shaped to prevent the male projection 52 from leaving the receiving space 65 . In some cases, the female fitting 6 has a lower jaw 61 and an upper jaw 62 defining a receiving space 65 therebetween. The female fitting portion 6 has a substantially C-shaped cross-sectional shape in which the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are joined at the joint portion 68, but is not limited to this cross-sectional shape. The receiving space 65 , the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are all formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 . The lower jaw 61 has a lower locking projection 63 projecting upward (e.g., from the tip of the lower jaw 61) to have a lower locking surface 63s, and the upper jaw 62 has an upper locking surface 64s ( For example, it has an upper locking projection 64 projecting downward (from the distal end of the upper jaw 62). An insertion opening 69 for the male projection 52 is defined by the lower locking projection 63 and the upper locking projection 64 . The lower locking surface 63s and the upper locking surface 64s are provided orthogonally or inclined to the insertion direction A1 of the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65, and are used to prevent the male projection 52 from being disengaged from the female fitting portion 6. prevent Note that the insertion direction A1 is equal to the width direction of the rail fastener 100 . The lower locking projection 63 locks the lower locked portion 52d, and the upper locking projection 64 locks the upper locked portion 52c.
下側係止突起63は、下側係止面63sの上端から(取付シート22の)シート外方に離間するに応じて下り傾斜する傾斜面63jを有する。傾斜面63jは、緩傾斜領域と、このシート外方に隣接した急傾斜領域に区分されている。下側係止突起63と同様、上側係止突起64は、上側係止面64sの下端から(取付シート22の)シート外方に離間するに応じて上り傾斜する傾斜面64jを有する。傾斜面64jは、緩傾斜領域と、このシート外方に隣接した急傾斜領域に区分されている。このような下側及び上側係止突起63,64のテーパー状の傾斜面63j,64jのおかげで挿入口69の上下幅が挿入方向A1に沿って漸減し、下顎61と上顎62の間への頭部52bの誘い込みと容易な圧入が促進される。この目的のために頭部52bの先細り線状(傾斜面52s,52r)も役立っている。
The lower locking projection 63 has an inclined surface 63j that slopes down as it separates outward from the upper end of the lower locking surface 63s (of the mounting sheet 22). The inclined surface 63j is divided into a gently inclined area and a steeply inclined area adjacent to the outside of the seat. Similar to the lower locking projection 63, the upper locking projection 64 has an inclined surface 64j that slopes upward as the distance from the lower end of the upper locking surface 64s toward the outside of the seat (of the mounting sheet 22) increases. The inclined surface 64j is divided into a gently inclined area and a steeply inclined area adjacent to the outside of the seat. Thanks to the tapered inclined surfaces 63j, 64j of the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64, the vertical width of the insertion opening 69 is gradually reduced along the insertion direction A1, and the width between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 is reduced. Induction and easy press-fitting of the head 52b are facilitated. For this purpose, the tapered line shape ( inclined surfaces 52s, 52r) of the head 52b also serves.
雌型嵌合部6は、取付シート22に関するシート内方に結合部68から突出するガイド突起66を有する。ガイド突起66は、取付シート22の上面22mから離間して配置され、取付シート22との間にガイド溝G2が形成される。ガイド突起66は、矩形状の断面に限らず、三角形状又は半円状の断面といった他の形状を持つことができる。
The female fitting part 6 has a guide projection 66 protruding from the coupling part 68 inwardly of the mounting sheet 22 . The guide protrusion 66 is spaced apart from the upper surface 22m of the mounting sheet 22, and a guide groove G2 is formed between the guide protrusion 66 and the mounting sheet 22. As shown in FIG. The guide projection 66 is not limited to a rectangular cross section, and can have other shapes such as a triangular or semicircular cross section.
雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6を嵌合させる時、雄型嵌合部5の雄型突起52の頭部52bが、雌型嵌合部6の下側及び上側係止突起63,64の間に圧入されて両者の上下間隔が拡大してその間を通過する。その後、下顎61と上顎62が元形状に復帰するように動いて両者の間で首部52a及び/又は頭部52bが挟まれる。同時に、上側係止突起64が、上側受容溝52pに受容され、閉鎖壁51の壁面と上側被係止面52eの間で挟まれて圧迫される。同様、下側係止突起63が、下側受容溝52qに受容され、第1表皮部41の第1接触面71と下側被係止面52fの間で挟まれて圧迫される。この時、上側被係止部52cと上側係止突起64が接触箇所P1a(図1参照)で(端的には左右方向で)お互いに圧迫し合って接触し、下側被係止部52dと下側係止突起63が接触箇所P1b(図1参照)で(端的には左右方向で)お互いに圧迫し合って接触する。このようにして各接触箇所P1a,P1bでのシール性能が高められ、また、これと同時に後述の第2接触箇所P2(オプションとして第3接触箇所P3)の形成を促進することができる。雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6が樹脂(例えば、軟質樹脂)から成るため、大きな力が付与される場合には、雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合が解除される。
When the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together, the head portions 52b of the male projections 52 of the male fitting portion 5 engage the lower and upper locking projections of the female fitting portion 6. It is press-fitted between 63 and 64 to expand the vertical gap between them and pass therebetween. After that, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 move to return to their original shapes, and the neck 52a and/or the head 52b are sandwiched between them. At the same time, the upper locking projection 64 is received in the upper receiving groove 52p and is sandwiched and compressed between the wall surface of the closing wall 51 and the upper locked surface 52e. Similarly, the lower engaging projection 63 is received in the lower receiving groove 52q and is sandwiched and pressed between the first contact surface 71 of the first skin portion 41 and the lower engaged surface 52f. At this time, the upper locked portion 52c and the upper locking projection 64 press against each other at the contact point P1a (see FIG. 1) (in the left-right direction), and contact the lower locked portion 52d. The lower locking projections 63 press and contact each other at the contact point P1b (see FIG. 1) (in short, in the lateral direction). In this way, the sealing performance at each of the contact points P1a and P1b is enhanced, and at the same time, the formation of a second contact point P2 (optionally a third contact point P3), which will be described later, can be promoted. Since the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are made of resin (for example, soft resin), when a large force is applied, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 do not fit together. combination is canceled.
雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合状態において、雄型突起52の先端部(例えば、先端面52t,上側傾斜面52r,及び下側傾斜面52s)と雌型嵌合部6の結合部68(挿入方向A1に交差する受容空間65の底面)との間に隙間81が形成されても良い。この場合、雌型嵌合部6(特には、下顎61及び上顎62)の変形し易さを担保することができ、円滑な嵌合及び嵌合解除を促進可能である。隙間81の形成に伴ってレールファスナー100のシール性能が低下し得るが、後述の第2接触箇所P2等での圧迫接触により、この問題が回避又は抑制される。隙間81の左右幅は、上下中心において最大であり、そこから上方又は下方に離れるに応じて漸減し得る。隙間81は、レールファスナー100の長手方向に連続的に形成される。
In the mating state of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, the distal end portion of the male projection 52 (for example, the distal end surface 52t, the upper inclined surface 52r, and the lower inclined surface 52s) and the female fitting portion A gap 81 may be formed between the portion 6 and the coupling portion 68 (the bottom surface of the receiving space 65 intersecting the insertion direction A1). In this case, the ease of deformation of the female fitting portion 6 (in particular, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62) can be ensured, and smooth fitting and unfitting can be promoted. Although the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 may deteriorate with the formation of the gap 81, this problem is avoided or suppressed by pressure contact at the second contact point P2 or the like, which will be described later. The lateral width of the gap 81 is maximum at the vertical center, and can gradually decrease as it moves upward or downward from there. The gap 81 is formed continuously in the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合及び嵌合解除は、スライダー9(図4参照)を用いて行うことができ、又は、ヒトの指による操作によって行うことができる。スライダー9の前進によって雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6が嵌合し、スライダー9の後進によって雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合が解除されるようにスライダー9が構成される。スライダー9の前端部には幅方向中央の位置で上下方向に延びる柱(不図示)が設けられ、この柱によって雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6のための通路が分岐して設けられる。
The fitting and unfitting of the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 can be performed using the slider 9 (see FIG. 4), or can be performed by man's finger operation. As the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together, and as the slider 9 moves backward, the fitting between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 is released. A slider 9 is constructed. A column (not shown) extending vertically is provided at the front end of the slider 9 at the center position in the width direction. be provided.
スライダー9は、連結板91、連結板91の左右側縁から下方に延びるフランジ壁92,93を有し、各フランジ壁92,93にはガイド突起53,66を受容する凹部92a,93aが設けられる。フランジ壁92,93の間隔は、スライダー9の前端部において広く、スライダー9の後端部において狭くなるようにテーパー状に設定され、これにより、上述の柱と共に第1及び第2嵌合部11,12の嵌合及び嵌合解除のための通路が好適に設定される。なお、フランジ壁92,93には上述のガイド溝G1,G2に挿入される挿入片99a,99bが設けられる。
The slider 9 has a connecting plate 91 and flange walls 92, 93 extending downward from the left and right side edges of the connecting plate 91. The flange walls 92, 93 are provided with recesses 92a, 93a for receiving the guide projections 53, 66. be done. The distance between the flange walls 92, 93 is tapered such that it is wider at the front end of the slider 9 and narrower at the rear end of the slider 9. , 12 are preferably provided with passages for mating and unmating. The flange walls 92, 93 are provided with insertion pieces 99a, 99b to be inserted into the guide grooves G1, G2.
ヒトの指によりレールファスナー100を開閉させる場合、例えば、親指と人差し指の間で雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6を挟むことで両者を嵌合させることができる。雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合の解除のために一方のストリンガーを他方のストリンガーから強制的に引き離すことができる。一方のストリンガーを他方から離すことによりレールファスナー100の長手方向に沿って雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合解除を連続的に生じさせることができる。
When opening and closing the rail fastener 100 with a human finger, for example, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 can be fitted together by pinching them between the thumb and index finger. One stringer can be forcibly pulled away from the other stringer to release the engagement between the male fitting 5 and the female fitting 6 . By separating one stringer from the other, it is possible to cause continuous disengagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 .
第1取付シート21は、上述のように複合シートであり、可撓性のある第1補強シート31と第1表皮部41を含む。第2取付シート22は、上述のように複合シートであり、可撓性のある第2補強シート32と第2表皮部42を含む。第1表皮部41は、第1補強シート31を少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく第1嵌合部11から延出し、また第1嵌合部11の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る。第2表皮部42は、第2補強シート32を少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく第2嵌合部12から延出し、また第2嵌合部12の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る。第1嵌合部11と第1表皮部41は、同一の樹脂で一緒に形成されており、同一の樹脂部の異なる部分である。第2嵌合部12と第2表皮部42についても同様、同一の樹脂で一緒に形成されており、同一の樹脂部の異なる部分である。嵌合部と表皮部が同一の樹脂部の異なる部分であることは、後述のように、各ストリンガー1,2が押出成形により製造されたことの結果であるが、これ以外の成形方法も採用可能である。
The first mounting sheet 21 is a composite sheet as described above, and includes the flexible first reinforcing sheet 31 and the first skin portion 41 . The second mounting sheet 22 is a composite sheet as described above and includes a flexible second reinforcing sheet 32 and a second skin portion 42 . The first skin portion 41 extends from the first fitting portion 11 to at least partially cover the first reinforcing sheet 31 and is made of the same resin as that of the first fitting portion 11 . The second skin portion 42 extends from the second fitting portion 12 to at least partially cover the second reinforcing sheet 32 and is made of the same resin as that of the second fitting portion 12 . The first fitting portion 11 and the first skin portion 41 are formed together from the same resin and are different portions of the same resin portion. Similarly, the second fitting portion 12 and the second skin portion 42 are also made of the same resin and are different parts of the same resin portion. The fact that the fitting part and the skin part are different parts of the same resin part is a result of the fact that the stringers 1 and 2 are manufactured by extrusion molding, as will be described later, but molding methods other than this are also adopted. It is possible.
本実施形態においては、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12は、これらの嵌合時、第1補強シート31の内側縁31aよりもシート外方に位置する第1表皮部41の第1接触面71と、第2補強シート32の内側縁32aよりもシート外方に位置する第2表皮部42の第2接触面72が、第1補強シート31と第2補強シート32の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される。かかる場合、第1及び第2取付シート21,22に第1及び第2補強シート31,32が個別に導入されてそれらの適度な硬さが得られると同時に、第1及び第2補強シート31,32の間での樹脂部同士の圧迫接触によりレールファスナー100のシール性能が高められる。
In the present embodiment, the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are positioned on the outer side of the first reinforcing sheet 31 with respect to the inner edge 31a of the first reinforcing sheet 31 when they are fitted together. The contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72 of the second skin portion 42 positioned further outward than the inner edge 32a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 are arranged between the first reinforcing sheet 31 and the second reinforcing sheet 32. configured to press against each other. In such a case, the first and second reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are individually introduced into the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 to obtain appropriate hardness thereof, and at the same time the first and second reinforcing sheets 31 , 32, the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 is enhanced.
図2に示すように、第1取付シート21と第1嵌合部11の境界を上下方向に直交する平面L1の位置に設定するものとする。この場合、第1接触面71は、第1表皮部41の表面に設けられていると言える。同様、図3に示すように、第2取付シート22と第2嵌合部12の境界を上下方向に直交する平面L2の位置に設定するものとする。この場合、第2接触面72は、第2表皮部42の表面に設けられていると言える。いずれの平面L1,L2も取付シート21,22の上面21m,22mと同一平面に設定されている。
As shown in FIG. 2, the boundary between the first mounting sheet 21 and the first fitting portion 11 is set at the position of a plane L1 perpendicular to the vertical direction. In this case, it can be said that the first contact surface 71 is provided on the surface of the first skin portion 41 . Similarly, as shown in FIG. 3, the boundary between the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fitting portion 12 is set at the position of a plane L2 perpendicular to the vertical direction. In this case, it can be said that the second contact surface 72 is provided on the surface of the second skin portion 42 . Both planes L1 and L2 are set to be flush with the upper surfaces 21m and 22m of the mounting sheets 21 and 22, respectively.
なお、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12が嵌合する時、第1及び第2取付シート21,22が同一平面に配され、同様、第1及び第2補強シート31,32が同一平面に配され得る。なお、シートが同一平面に配されることは、各シートの厚みが等しいことを必要としない。
When the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are fitted together, the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 are arranged on the same plane. It can be arranged in a plane. It should be noted that the fact that the sheets are arranged in the same plane does not require that the thickness of each sheet be equal.
第1接触面71と第2接触面72の接触は、局所的な接触であり得る。この目的又は異なる目的のため、第1接触面71は、第1補強シート31の内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面であり得、及び/又は、第2接触面72は、第2補強シート32の内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面であり得る。図示例のように、第1及び第2接触面71,72の一方を凸状面とし、他方を平坦面としても良い。図2に図示のように、第2表皮部42に凸状面611を設け、これが接触する第1表皮部41を平坦面としても良い。この場合、第1及び第2接触面71,72の両方を凸状面としたときに必要なアライメントの問題が生じない。
The contact between the first contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72 can be local contact. For this purpose or a different purpose, the first contact surface 71 can be a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the first reinforcing sheet 31 and/or the second contact surface 72 can be a 2 It may be a convex surface that protrudes outward from the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 32 . As in the illustrated example, one of the first and second contact surfaces 71 and 72 may be a convex surface and the other may be a flat surface. As shown in FIG. 2, the second skin portion 42 may be provided with a convex surface 611, and the first skin portion 41 in contact with the convex surface 611 may be a flat surface. In this case, the alignment problems required when both the first and second contact surfaces 71, 72 are convex do not occur.
幾つかの場合、雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6は、雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6の嵌合時、上述の雄型突起52と雌型嵌合部6間の1以上の第1接触箇所P1(例えば、2箇所P1a,P1b)と、第1接触面71と第2接触面72間の第2接触箇所P2に加えて、雄型突起52に関して第2接触箇所P2の反対側(例えば、上側)において閉鎖壁51と雌型嵌合部6(例えば、上顎62)がお互いに圧迫し合って接触する第3接触箇所P3を有するように構成される(図1参照)。これによりレールファスナー100のシール性能が効果的に高められる。防水スライドファスナーと同等又はそれを超えるシール性能を低価格で実現することが促進される。なお、上述の接触箇所P1a,P1bの一方が省略される形態も想定される。
In some cases, the male mating portion 5 and the female mating portion 6 will have the male projection 52 and the female mating portion described above when the male mating portion 5 and the female mating portion 6 are mated. In addition to the one or more first contact points P1 (e.g., two points P1a, P1b) between the 6 and the second contact point P2 between the first contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72, a second On the opposite side (e.g., upper side) of the two contact points P2, the closing wall 51 and the female fitting 6 (e.g., the upper jaw 62) are configured to have a third contact point P3 that presses against each other and contacts. (See Figure 1). This effectively enhances the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 . It promotes the realization of sealing performance equal to or exceeding that of waterproof slide fasteners at a low cost. A mode in which one of the contact points P1a and P1b described above is omitted is also conceivable.
上述の3以上の接触箇所(幾つかの場合、図1に例示のように、P1a,P1b,P2,P3の合計4箇所)における圧迫接触の促進のため、レールファスナー100の幅方向における首部52aの長さD1(図2参照)が、同方向における間隔D2(図3参照)未満に設定される。間隔D2は、レールファスナー100の幅方向における上顎62の係止面64sの最下点N1と、雄型突起52と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合時の閉鎖壁51に対する上顎62の接触点N2の間隔を示す。これにより接触箇所P1a,P3における面同士の圧迫接触状態が促進される。なお、雄型突起52と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合時、閉鎖壁51と上顎62がある上下範囲で接触する場合、接触点N2は、挿入方向A1に沿って最も結合部68に近い位置の点(即ち、上下範囲の最下点)を意味する。端的には、間隔D2がある範囲を持つ時、間隔D2の最小値がD1との比較のために参照される。なお、接触点N2は、上顎62の先端点の僅か下方に位置し得る。首部52aの長さD1は、閉鎖壁51の壁面51fと頭部52bの上側被係止面52eの間隔(又はその最大値)、又は、閉鎖壁51の壁面51fと頭部52bの下側被係止面52fの間隔(又はその最大値)に等しいことが想定される。
The neck portion 52a in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 is used to promote pressure contact at the above three or more contact points (in some cases, four points in total, P1a, P1b, P2, and P3, as illustrated in FIG. 1). is set to be less than the interval D2 (see FIG. 3) in the same direction. The interval D2 is the lowest point N1 of the locking surface 64s of the upper jaw 62 in the width direction of the rail fastener 100 and the contact point of the upper jaw 62 with the closing wall 51 when the male projection 52 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted. N2 intervals are shown. This promotes the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1a and P3. When the male projection 52 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together, when the closing wall 51 and the upper jaw 62 are in contact with each other in the vertical range, the contact point N2 is closest to the coupling portion 68 along the insertion direction A1. It means the position point (ie the lowest point of the upper and lower range). Briefly, when interval D2 has a range, the minimum value of interval D2 is referenced for comparison with D1. It should be noted that the contact point N2 may be located slightly below the tip point of the upper jaw 62 . The length D1 of the neck portion 52a is the distance (or the maximum value) between the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51 and the upper locked surface 52e of the head 52b, or the lower covering of the wall surface 51f of the closing wall 51 and the head 52b. It is assumed to be equal to the spacing of the locking surfaces 52f (or its maximum value).
長さD1の増加により、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12が嵌合し易くなるが、圧迫接触の度合いが低下してしまう。長さD1の減少により、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12の嵌合により大きな力が必要になるが、圧迫接触の度合いが高められる。なお、上述の長さD1と間隔D2の関係は、図2,3に図示の長さD1と間隔D2’の関係にも同様に当てはまり、重複説明は省略する。これに関して、閉鎖壁51に対する上顎62の接触点N2は、第1表皮部41の内側面(又は第1接触面71)に対する下顎61の接触点で読み替える。また、雄型突起52と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合時、下顎61が第1表皮部41の内側面(又は第1接触面71)とある上下範囲で接触する場合、下顎61の接触点は、挿入方向A1に沿って最も結合部68に近い位置の点(即ち、上下範囲の最上点)を意味する。長さD1が間隔D2’未満の場合、接触箇所P1b,P2における面同士の圧迫接触状態が促進される。下顎61及び上顎62の先端点61e,62eは、取付シート22に関して最もテープ外方の位置にある。
By increasing the length D1, it becomes easier to fit the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12, but the degree of pressure contact decreases. The reduction in length D1 increases the degree of compressive contact, although more force is required to fit the first and second fittings 11, 12 together. The relationship between the length D1 and the interval D2 described above also applies to the relationship between the length D1 and the interval D2' shown in FIGS. In this regard, the contact point N2 of the upper jaw 62 with the closing wall 51 is read as the contact point of the lower jaw 61 with the inner surface (or the first contact surface 71) of the first skin portion 41. FIG. Further, when the male projection 52 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted, if the lower jaw 61 contacts the inner surface (or the first contact surface 71) of the first skin portion 41 in a certain upper and lower range, the contact of the lower jaw 61 The point means the point closest to the coupling portion 68 along the insertion direction A1 (that is, the highest point in the vertical range). When the length D1 is less than the interval D2', the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1b and P2 is promoted. Tip points 61e and 62e of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 are located at the outermost position of the tape with respect to the mounting sheet 22. As shown in FIG.
第1接触面71と第2接触面72の接触と同様、閉鎖壁51と雌型嵌合部6(例えば、上顎62)の接触は、局所的な接触であり得る。この目的又は異なる目的のため、閉鎖壁51は、補強シート31の内側縁31aよりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を持ち得る。同様、雌型嵌合部6(例えば、上顎62)は、補強シート32の内側縁32aよりもシート外方に突出した凸状面(図3の符号621参照)を持ち得る。図3に図示のように、上顎62に凸状面621を設け、これが接触する閉鎖壁51の壁面を平坦面としても良い。この場合、上述と同様、アライメントの問題が生じない。
Similar to the contact between the first contact surface 71 and the second contact surface 72, the contact between the closing wall 51 and the female fitting 6 (eg, upper jaw 62) can be local contact. For this purpose or a different purpose, the closing wall 51 may have a convex surface projecting outwards from the inner edge 31 a of the reinforcing sheet 31 . Similarly, the female fitting 6 (eg, upper jaw 62) may have a convex surface (see numeral 621 in FIG. 3) projecting outward from the inner edge 32a of the reinforcing sheet 32. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, the upper jaw 62 may be provided with a convex surface 621 and the wall surface of the closure wall 51 with which it contacts may be a flat surface. In this case, there is no alignment problem, as described above.
補強シート31,32は、嵌合部11,12及び表皮部41,42の樹脂とは異なる素材、端的には、紙、不織布、織物、及び編物のいずれか又は組み合わせから成る。嵌合部11,12及び表皮部41,42の樹脂は、熱可塑性ポリマーからなり、より好ましくは熱可塑性エラストマーからなり、例えば、熱可塑性ポリウレタン、ポリエステルエラストマー、オレフィン系エラストマー、ポリ塩化ビニル等である。取付シート21,22に補強シート31,32を導入することによって取付シート21,22の硬さが増し、またその形状安定性が高められる。同時に、樹脂の使用量が低減される。なお、補強シート31,32が可撓性を有するため取付シート21,22の可撓性も確保される。補強シート31,32が織物又は編物又はこの混在物である場合、その両面において(織り又は編みに応じた)微小な起伏が形成されており、これにより、表皮部41,42の樹脂との密着性が高められる。
The reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are made of a material different from the resin of the fitting portions 11, 12 and the skin portions 41, 42, namely paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric, or knitted fabric, or a combination thereof. The resin of the fitting portions 11, 12 and the skin portions 41, 42 is made of a thermoplastic polymer, more preferably a thermoplastic elastomer, such as thermoplastic polyurethane, polyester elastomer, olefin elastomer, polyvinyl chloride, and the like. . By introducing the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 into the mounting sheets 21, 22, the rigidity of the mounting sheets 21, 22 is increased and their shape stability is enhanced. At the same time, the amount of resin used is reduced. In addition, since the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 have flexibility, the flexibility of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is also ensured. When the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are woven fabrics, knitted fabrics, or mixtures thereof, minute undulations (according to the weaving or knitting) are formed on both sides of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, so that the outer skins 41 and 42 adhere to the resin. sexuality is enhanced.
第1補強シート31は、雄型嵌合部5を支持するように設けられ得る。これにより雄型嵌合部5の形状の安定度が高められる。第2補強シート32は、雌型嵌合部6を支持するように設けられ得る。これにより雌型嵌合部6の形状の安定度が高められる。レールファスナー100の製造のために軟質の樹脂(例えば、熱可塑性ポリウレタン、ポリエステルエラストマー、オレフィン系エラストマー、ポリ塩化ビニル等)を採用する場合、その硬化過程で雄型嵌合部5の形状及び雌型嵌合部6の形状が変化しやすいが、補強シート31,32のおかげでその形状変化が抑制される。
The first reinforcing sheet 31 can be provided so as to support the male fitting part 5 . This enhances the stability of the shape of the male fitting portion 5 . A second reinforcing sheet 32 may be provided to support the female fitting 6 . This enhances the stability of the shape of the female fitting portion 6 . When adopting a soft resin (for example, thermoplastic polyurethane, polyester elastomer, olefin elastomer, polyvinyl chloride, etc.) for manufacturing the rail fastener 100, the shape of the male fitting portion 5 and the female mold are changed during the curing process. Although the shape of the fitting portion 6 is likely to change, the shape change is suppressed thanks to the reinforcement sheets 31 and 32 .
雄型嵌合部5は、少なくともその一部が第1補強シート31上に配されるように設けられ得る。ガイド突起53が第1補強シート31上に配置され得る。追加又は代替として、ガイド突起53が設けられる閉鎖壁51の壁面51zの少なくとも一部(好適には全面)が第1補強シート31上に配置され得る。これにより第1補強シート31による閉鎖壁51のより安定した支持が促進される。第1補強シート31の内側縁31aは、ガイド突起53又は閉鎖壁51の壁面51zよりも第1取付シート21に関してシート外方に位置し、場合によっては、閉鎖壁51の頂面51gの直下に位置し得る。なお、図示例では、閉鎖壁51の壁面51zは、ガイド突起53よりも上方に位置する傾斜面とガイド突起53の下方に位置する垂直面を含み、いずれも第1補強シート31の上方に位置している。
The male fitting part 5 can be provided so that at least part of it is arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 . Guide protrusions 53 may be arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 . Additionally or alternatively, at least a portion (preferably the entire surface) of the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 on which the guide projections 53 are provided may be arranged on the first reinforcing sheet 31 . This promotes more stable support of the closing wall 51 by the first reinforcing sheet 31 . The inner edge 31a of the first reinforcing sheet 31 is located outside the guide projection 53 or the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 with respect to the first mounting sheet 21, and in some cases directly below the top surface 51g of the closing wall 51. can be located. In the illustrated example, the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 includes an inclined surface located above the guide projection 53 and a vertical surface located below the guide projection 53, both of which are located above the first reinforcing sheet 31. are doing.
雌型嵌合部6は、雄型嵌合部5を受容するための受容空間65が第2補強シート32上に配されるように設けられ得る。好適には、第2補強シート32の一部が下顎61の直下に埋設される。図3から明らかなように、下側及び上側係止突起63,64(下側及び上側係止面63s,64sも同様)も第2補強シート32上(その上面上)に位置付けられる。下側係止突起63の柔軟性が補強シート32により低下してその係止力が高められると考えられる。第2補強シート32の内側縁32aは、下側係止突起63の下側係止面63sよりも第2接触面72寄りに位置付けられ得る。追加又は代替として、第2補強シート32の内側縁32aは、上述の傾斜面63jの直下(傾斜面63jの緩傾斜領域と急傾斜領域の境界の直下)に位置付けられ得る。
The female fitting part 6 can be provided such that a receiving space 65 for receiving the male fitting part 5 is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet 32 . Preferably, part of the second reinforcing sheet 32 is embedded directly below the lower jaw 61 . As is clear from FIG. 3, the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 (as well as the lower and upper locking surfaces 63s, 64s) are also positioned on the second reinforcing sheet 32 (on its upper surface). It is thought that the flexibility of the lower locking projection 63 is reduced by the reinforcing sheet 32 and the locking force is increased. The inner edge 32 a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 can be positioned closer to the second contact surface 72 than the lower locking surface 63 s of the lower locking projection 63 . Additionally or alternatively, the inner edge 32a of the second reinforcing sheet 32 may be positioned directly below the aforementioned inclined surface 63j (immediately below the boundary between the gentle and steep areas of the inclined surface 63j).
レールファスナー100の防水性を高めるため、補強シート31,32の両面が表皮部41,42により被覆されることが好ましい。勿論、補強シート32の上面を露出させ(図5参照)、又は補強シート32の下面を露出させ(図6参照)させることもできる。また、レールファスナー100の厚み及び使用樹脂量が増加してしまうが、図7に示すように、下顎61が厚く形成される形態も想定される。
In order to improve the waterproofness of the rail fastener 100, both sides of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are preferably covered with the skin portions 41, 42. Of course, the upper surface of the reinforcing sheet 32 can be exposed (see FIG. 5) or the lower surface of the reinforcing sheet 32 can be exposed (see FIG. 6). Moreover, although the thickness of the rail fastener 100 and the amount of resin used increase, as shown in FIG.
補強シート31,32が適度な強度を有するため、取付対象物に対して縫い糸8により取付シート21,22を縫着することができる。針が補強シート31,32を貫通しても、そこを起点として補強シート31,32に裂け目が生じることが抑制される。縫着は、取付シート21,22が樹脂の単層から成る場合には採用できない手法である。
Since the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 have appropriate strength, the mounting sheets 21, 22 can be sewn to the object to be mounted with the sewing thread 8. Even if the needle penetrates through the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are prevented from being torn from there. Sewing is a method that cannot be adopted when the mounting sheets 21 and 22 are made of a single layer of resin.
取付シート21,22の一様な柔軟性を確保するため、又は、上述の糸8を用いた縫着のため、補強シート31,32の外側縁は、取付シート21,22の外側縁21b,22bの近傍に位置付けられ得る。すなわち、そのような位置関係になるように補強シート31,32が取付シート21,22に導入される。
In order to ensure uniform flexibility of the mounting sheets 21, 22 or for sewing using the threads 8 described above, the outer edges of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are aligned with the outer edges 21b, 21b, 21b of the mounting sheets 21, 22. 22b. That is, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are introduced into the mounting sheets 21 and 22 so as to have such a positional relationship.
取付シート21,22への補強シート31,32の導入により表皮部41,42の厚み(取付シート21,22の上面を被覆する表皮部の上層又は取付シート21,22の下面を被覆する表皮部の下層)を十分に薄くすることができる。幾つかの場合、表皮部41,42の層厚TH41,TH42(図2,3参照)は、各々、補強シート31,32の厚みよりも小さく、好適には、0.3mm以下、又は、0.2mm以下である。即ち、取付シート21,22の強度又は柔軟性が補強シート31,32により主に確保され、取付シート21,22の防水性が表皮部41,42により主に確保される。なお、補強シート31,32の上層と下層で表皮部41,42の厚みを変化させても良い。補強シート31,32は、その前端面と後端面以外において表皮部41,42により被覆され得る。
By introducing the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 into the mounting sheets 21 and 22, the thickness of the skin portions 41 and 42 (the upper layer of the skin portions covering the upper surfaces of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 or the skin portions covering the lower surfaces of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is reduced). layer) can be sufficiently thin. In some cases, the layer thicknesses TH41 and TH42 (see FIGS. 2 and 3) of the skin portions 41 and 42 are each smaller than the thickness of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, preferably 0.3 mm or less, or 0.3 mm or less. .2 mm or less. That is, the strength or flexibility of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is mainly ensured by the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32, and the waterproofness of the mounting sheets 21 and 22 is mainly ensured by the skin portions 41 and 42. As shown in FIG. In addition, the thickness of the skin portions 41 and 42 may be changed between the upper layer and the lower layer of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 . The reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 may be covered with the skin portions 41 and 42 except for the front and rear end surfaces thereof.
補強シート31,32と表皮部41,42の密着性を高めるため、補強シート31,32に複数の貫通孔を形成しても良い。補強シート31,32の貫通孔を充填する樹脂により補強シート31,32の上面上の表皮部41,42の上層と補強シート31,32の下面上の表皮部41,42の下層が連結される。
A plurality of through-holes may be formed in the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 in order to enhance the adhesion between the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 and the skin portions 41 and 42 . The upper layers of the skin portions 41 and 42 on the upper surfaces of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 and the lower layers of the skin portions 41 and 42 on the lower surfaces of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are connected by the resin filling the through holes of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32. .
各ストリンガー1,2は、押出成形により製造することができる。図8に示すように、押出成形機200は、回転機210、回転機210により回転させられるスクリュー220、スクリュー220を収容する筒体230、口金240、樹脂材料の投入口250、及び補強シート31が巻かれたリール260を有する。なお、筒体230に固形樹脂が導入される場合、その溶融のために筒体230にヒータが設けられる。押出成形機200については様々な構成が採用可能であり、図8で示したものは単なる一例であるに過ぎない。
Each stringer 1, 2 can be manufactured by extrusion molding. As shown in FIG. 8, the extruder 200 includes a rotating machine 210, a screw 220 rotated by the rotating machine 210, a cylindrical body 230 containing the screw 220, a mouthpiece 240, a resin material inlet 250, and a reinforcing sheet 31. has a reel 260 on which is wound. When a solid resin is introduced into the cylindrical body 230, a heater is provided in the cylindrical body 230 to melt the solid resin. Various configurations of extruder 200 may be employed, and the one shown in FIG. 8 is merely one example.
ストリンガー1,2の断面形状に応じて適切な口金240が採用される。図9は、ストリンガー1のための口金240aを示す。図10は、ストリンガー2のための口金240bを示す。口金240aの放出口240mにおける補強シート31の位置及び口金240bの放出口240nにおける補強シート32の位置は、上述のとおり、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12の嵌合時、第1及び第2接触面71,72同士が圧迫接触状態になるように設定される。換言すれば、口金240a,240bにおける補強シート31,32の走行路は、上述のとおり、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12の嵌合時、第1及び第2接触面71,72同士が圧迫接触状態になるように設定される。かかる構成により、上述と同様の効果が達成される。
An appropriate mouthpiece 240 is adopted according to the cross-sectional shape of the stringers 1 and 2. 9 shows a base 240a for stringer 1. FIG. 10 shows a base 240b for stringer 2. FIG. The position of the reinforcing sheet 31 at the ejection port 240m of the mouthpiece 240a and the position of the reinforcing sheet 32 at the ejection port 240n of the mouthpiece 240b are, as described above, when the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are fitted. The second contact surfaces 71 and 72 are set to be in pressure contact with each other. In other words, when the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are fitted, the running paths of the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 in the mouthpieces 240a and 240b are, as described above, the first and second contact surfaces 71 and 72. are set to be in pressure contact. Such a configuration achieves the same effect as described above.
ストリンガー1,2の製造に関しては、(a)押出成形機200に樹脂材料を供給して押出成形機200の口金240aからストリンガー1を押し出す工程、(b)押出成形機200に樹脂材料を供給して押出成形機200の口金240bからストリンガー2を押し出す工程、(c)可撓性のある補強シート31を口金240aに供給してストリンガー1の取付シート21に補強シート31を導入する工程、(d)可撓性のある補強シート32を口金240bに供給してストリンガー2の取付シート21に補強シート32を導入する工程が行われる。
Regarding the production of the stringers 1 and 2, (a) a step of supplying the resin material to the extruder 200 and extruding the stringer 1 from the nozzle 240a of the extruder 200, (b) supplying the resin material to the extruder 200. (c) supplying a flexible reinforcing sheet 31 to the die 240a to introduce the reinforcing sheet 31 into the mounting sheet 21 of the stringer 1; ) a step of supplying a flexible reinforcing sheet 32 to the mouthpiece 240b and introducing the reinforcing sheet 32 to the mounting sheet 21 of the stringer 2;
工程(a)と工程(c)に関して、押出成形機200の作動(例えば、スクリュー220の回転)と補強シート31,32の供給(例えば、リール260からの補強シート31の送り出し)が同時に進行する。スクリュー220の回転により樹脂が筒体230内を流動し、口金240aに到達してその放出口240mから押し出される。リール260から送出される補強シート31が口金240aの所定の走行路を走行し、樹脂(取付シート21)に埋設された状態で口金240aの放出口240mから放出される。工程(b)と工程(d)に関しても同様である。スクリュー220の回転により樹脂が筒体230内を流動し、口金240bに到達してその放出口240nから押し出される。リール260から送出される補強シート32が口金240bの所定の走行路を走行し、樹脂(取付シート22)に埋設された状態で口金240bの放出口240nから放出される。なお、口金240a,240bから放出された未硬化のストリンガー1,2は、冷却機に供給されて水冷又は空冷により強制冷却される。押出成形機と冷却機の下流側にはストリンガー1,2を支持する支持具や巻き取り装置が配備される。
Regarding steps (a) and (c), the operation of extruder 200 (eg, rotation of screw 220) and the supply of reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 (eg, feeding of reinforcing sheet 31 from reel 260) proceed simultaneously. . The rotation of the screw 220 causes the resin to flow inside the cylindrical body 230, reach the mouthpiece 240a, and be extruded from its outlet 240m. The reinforcing sheet 31 delivered from the reel 260 travels along a predetermined running path of the mouthpiece 240a and is released from the ejection opening 240m of the mouthpiece 240a in a state of being embedded in the resin (attachment sheet 21). The same applies to steps (b) and (d). The rotation of the screw 220 causes the resin to flow inside the cylindrical body 230, reach the mouthpiece 240b, and be extruded from the discharge port 240n. The reinforcing sheet 32 delivered from the reel 260 travels along a predetermined running path of the mouthpiece 240b, and is released from the ejection port 240n of the mouthpiece 240b in a state of being embedded in the resin (attachment sheet 22). The uncured stringers 1 and 2 ejected from the mouthpieces 240a and 240b are supplied to a cooler and forcedly cooled by water cooling or air cooling. A support for supporting the stringers 1, 2 and a winding device are provided downstream of the extruder and the cooler.
口金240a,240bにおける補強シート31,32単独(樹脂に埋設される前)の走行路は、口金240a,240bの放出口240m,240nの直前で終端するように口金240a,240bを設計することができる。補強シート31,32単独の走行路の終端点と口金240a,240bの放出口240m,240nの間の距離を適切に確保して補強シート31,32を樹脂(取付シート21,22)により確実に埋設させることができる。
The bases 240a, 240b can be designed so that the running path of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 alone (before being embedded in the resin) in the bases 240a, 240b ends just before the outlets 240m, 240n of the bases 240a, 240b. can. The distance between the end point of the running path of the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 alone and the outlets 240m, 240n of the mouthpieces 240a, 240b is appropriately secured, and the reinforcing sheets 31, 32 are securely attached by resin (mounting sheets 21, 22). can be buried.
レールファスナー100に関して述べた1以上の特徴を具現化するべく口金240a,240bが構成される。例えば、口金240aは、補強シート31の内側縁よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に第1接触面71を成形するように構成される。口金240bについても同様に構成可能である。また、口金240bの放出口240nにおける補強シート32の位置は、雌型嵌合部6の受容空間65が補強シート32上に配されるように設定され得る。更には、口金240bは、補強シート32の一部が下顎61の直下に埋設されるように構成され得る。このようにレールファスナー100に関して種々の特徴の実現のために口金240a,240bを構成することができる。
The bases 240a, 240b are configured to embody one or more of the features described with respect to the rail fastener 100. For example, the base 240 a is configured to form the first contact surface 71 on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 31 . The base 240b can also be configured in the same manner. Further, the position of the reinforcing sheet 32 at the outlet 240n of the base 240b can be set so that the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6 is arranged on the reinforcing sheet 32. As shown in FIG. Furthermore, the base 240 b can be configured such that a portion of the reinforcing sheet 32 is embedded directly below the lower jaw 61 . Thus, the bases 240a, 240b can be configured to achieve various features with respect to the rail fastener 100. As shown in FIG.
図11乃至図14から理解できるように、雌型嵌合部6の下側及び上側係止突起63,64を、各々、返し構造とし、同様、雄型突起52の下側及び上側被係止部52d,52cを、各々、(係止突起の返し構造に嵌合可能な)返し構造とすることができる。この場合、雌型嵌合部6による雄型突起52の保持力を効果的に高めることができる。更には、雌型嵌合部6と雄型突起52の接触面積が高められ、レールファスナー100のシール性能も高められる。但し、レールファスナー100の開閉時、雌型嵌合部6は、より大きく変形することが必要になり得る。上述のように雌型嵌合部6が第2補強シート32により支持されるならば、それに耐える十分な機械的強度が雌型嵌合部6に付与される。
As can be understood from FIGS. 11 to 14, the lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 of the female fitting portion 6 are respectively of a reversed structure, and similarly, the lower and upper locked projections 52 of the male projection 52 are locked. Each of the portions 52d and 52c can have a return structure (which can be fitted into the return structure of the locking projection). In this case, the holding force of the male projection 52 by the female fitting portion 6 can be effectively increased. Furthermore, the contact area between the female fitting portion 6 and the male projection 52 is increased, and the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 is also enhanced. However, when opening and closing the rail fastener 100, the female fitting portion 6 may need to deform more. If the female fitting part 6 is supported by the second reinforcing sheet 32 as described above, the female fitting part 6 is provided with sufficient mechanical strength to withstand it.
具体的には、下側係止面63sは、上方に延びるに応じて下顎61と上顎62の結合部68に接近するように傾斜し、上側係止面64sは、下方に延びるに応じて結合部68に接近するように傾斜する。下側被係止面52fは、下側係止面63sとの接触に適合するべく傾斜し、端的には、下方に延びるに応じて第1取付シート21又は閉鎖壁51に接近する。上側被係止面52eは、上側係止面64sとの接触に適合するべく傾斜し、端的には、上方に延びるに応じて第1取付シート21又は閉鎖壁51に接近する。
Specifically, the lower locking surface 63s is slanted to approach the connecting portion 68 of the lower jaw 61 and upper jaw 62 as it extends upward, and the upper locking surface 64s is connected as it extends downwardly. It is slanted to approach portion 68 . The lower locked surface 52f is slanted to accommodate contact with the lower locking surface 63s, and essentially approaches the first mounting seat 21 or the closing wall 51 as it extends downward. The upper locked surface 52e is slanted to accommodate contact with the upper locking surface 64s, and essentially approaches the first mounting seat 21 or the closing wall 51 as it extends upwardly.
下側係止面63s、上側係止面64s、下側被係止面52f、及び上側被係止面52eは、各々、雌型嵌合部6の受容空間65への雄型突起52の挿入方向A1に平行な平面PL1,PL2に対して同一角度θ1で交差するように形成され得る。この場合、十分な接触面積を確保することが促進される。なお、頭部52bの上面52b1と上側被係止面52eのなす角も上述の角度θ1であり得る。頭部52bの下面52b2と下側被係止面52fのなす角についても同様である。上側係止突起64は、平面PL1に包含される平坦面64kを含むことができ、これに隣接して傾斜面64jが形成される。同様、下側係止突起63は、平面PL2に包含される平坦面63kを含むことができ、これに隣接して傾斜面63jが形成される。
The lower engaging surface 63s, the upper engaging surface 64s, the lower engaged surface 52f, and the upper engaged surface 52e are each used for inserting the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6. It can be formed to intersect the planes PL1 and PL2 parallel to the direction A1 at the same angle θ1. In this case, securing a sufficient contact area is facilitated. The angle formed by the upper surface 52b1 of the head 52b and the upper locked surface 52e may also be the angle θ1 described above. The same applies to the angle formed by the lower surface 52b2 of the head 52b and the lower locked surface 52f. Upper locking projection 64 may include a flat surface 64k contained in plane PL1, adjacent to which is formed an inclined surface 64j. Similarly, the lower locking projection 63 can include a flat surface 63k contained in the plane PL2, adjacent to which is formed an inclined surface 63j.
上述と同様、雌型嵌合部6の受容空間65への雄型突起52の挿入方向A1における首部52aの長さD1は、上側係止面64sの最下点N1と閉鎖壁51に対する上側係止突起64の接触点N2間の間隔D2の最小値未満であり得る。これにより、接触箇所P1a,P3における面同士の圧迫接触状態が促進される。D1’とD2’の関係も同様に当てはまる。
As described above, the length D1 of the neck portion 52a in the insertion direction A1 of the male projection 52 into the receiving space 65 of the female fitting portion 6 is determined by the lowest point N1 of the upper locking surface 64s and the upper engagement with the closing wall 51. It may be less than the minimum value of the distance D2 between the contact points N2 of the stop projections 64. This promotes the pressure contact state between the surfaces at the contact points P1a and P3. The relationship between D1' and D2' also applies.
図14に示すように、雌型嵌合部6よりも閉鎖壁51を低背とすることができる。詳細には、閉鎖壁51の頂面51gは、上顎62の上面よりも低く、雌型嵌合部6と雄型突起52が嵌合した状態において両者の間に段差が形成される。これにより、レールファスナー100のレール部10の幅を狭く見せることができる。好適には、閉鎖壁51は、接触箇所P3の確保のため、上顎62の上面と上側係止突起64の下端の間の高さに設定される。
As shown in FIG. 14, the closing wall 51 can be made shorter than the female fitting portion 6. Specifically, the top surface 51g of the closing wall 51 is lower than the upper surface of the upper jaw 62, and a step is formed between the female fitting portion 6 and the male projection 52 in a fitted state. Thereby, the width of the rail portion 10 of the rail fastener 100 can be made to appear narrower. Preferably, the closing wall 51 is set at a height between the upper surface of the upper jaw 62 and the lower end of the upper locking projection 64 in order to secure the contact point P3.
図15乃至図17では、上述の実施形態とは異なり、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12は、第1及び第2嵌合部11,12の嵌合時、第1補強シート31の内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第1嵌合部11の第1接触面71と、第2補強シート32の内側縁よりもシート外方に位置する第2嵌合部12の第2接触面72が、第1及び第2補強シート31,32の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される。このような場合においても上述と同様、取付シート21,22に補強シート31,32が導入されてその適度な硬さが得られると同時に、補強シート31,32の間での樹脂部同士の圧迫接触によりレールファスナー100のシール性能が高められる。
15 to 17, unlike the embodiment described above, the first and second fitting portions 11 and 12 are arranged such that the first reinforcing sheet 31 is The first contact surface 71 of the first fitting portion 11 located outside the inner edge of the sheet and the second contact surface 71 of the second fitting portion 12 located outside the inner edge of the second reinforcing sheet 32 . Surfaces 72 are configured for mutually compressive contact between the first and second reinforcing sheets 31,32. Even in such a case, the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32 are introduced into the mounting sheets 21 and 22 in the same manner as described above to obtain appropriate hardness, and at the same time, the resin portions are pressed against each other between the reinforcing sheets 31 and 32. The contact enhances the sealing performance of the rail fastener 100 .
第1及び第2嵌合部11,12は様々な形状を持ち得る。図15乃至図17に示す場合、第1嵌合部11が雌型嵌合部6であり、第2嵌合部12が雄型嵌合部5である。雄型嵌合部5は、レールファスナー100の長手方向に沿って延びる断面略円形状の柱部である。補強シート32の内側縁には芯紐が設けられ、柱部に埋設される。柱部の外周面には、取付シート22の上下両側で切り欠き901が設けられ、これにより上側及び下側被係止面52e,52fが形成される。
The first and second fitting portions 11, 12 can have various shapes. 15 to 17 , the first fitting portion 11 is the female fitting portion 6 and the second fitting portion 12 is the male fitting portion 5 . The male fitting portion 5 is a columnar portion extending along the longitudinal direction of the rail fastener 100 and having a substantially circular cross section. A core cord is provided on the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 32 and embedded in the column. Notches 901 are provided on both upper and lower sides of the mounting sheet 22 on the outer peripheral surface of the column, thereby forming upper and lower engaged surfaces 52e and 52f.
雌型嵌合部6は、雄型嵌合部5の柱部を受容するように下顎61と上顎62を有するC字状部分である。補強シート31の内側縁には芯紐が設けられ、下顎61と上顎62の結合部に埋設される。下顎61の先端部と上顎62の先端部の間には受容空間65に連通した通路302が形成される。下顎61の先端部には、雄型嵌合部5の柱部の切り欠き901に嵌合するべく、受容空間65の内側に向けて突出した下側係止突起63が設けられる。同様、上顎62の先端部には、雄型嵌合部5の柱部の切り欠き901に嵌合するべく、受容空間65の内側に向けて突出した上側係止突起64が設けられる。下側及び上側係止突起63,64には下側及び上側係止面63s,64sが設けられ、嵌合部11,12の嵌合時に、各々が、下側及び上側被係止面52f,52eに接触する。図15乃至図17に示す場合、第1接触面71は、雌型嵌合部6の受容空間65を画定する面である。第2接触面72は、柱部の外周面である。
The female fitting part 6 is a C-shaped part having a lower jaw 61 and an upper jaw 62 to receive the posts of the male fitting part 5 . A core cord is provided on the inner edge of the reinforcing sheet 31 and is embedded in the connecting portion between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 . A passage 302 communicating with the receiving space 65 is formed between the distal end of the lower jaw 61 and the distal end of the upper jaw 62 . The tip of the lower jaw 61 is provided with a lower locking projection 63 protruding toward the inside of the receiving space 65 so as to fit into the notch 901 of the pillar portion of the male fitting portion 5 . Similarly, the tip of the upper jaw 62 is provided with an upper locking projection 64 protruding toward the inside of the receiving space 65 so as to fit into the notch 901 of the post of the male fitting portion 5 . The lower and upper locking projections 63, 64 are provided with lower and upper locking surfaces 63s, 64s. 52e. 15 to 17, the first contact surface 71 is the surface that defines the receiving space 65 of the female fitting 6. As shown in FIGS. The second contact surface 72 is the outer peripheral surface of the column.
図18乃至図26を参照して更に説明する。上述の説明において、図4を参照してレールファスナー100のレール部10にスライダー9を取着することを示した。図4に図示したスライダー9は、第1ストリンガー1のガイド溝G1に挿入される挿入片99aと、第2ストリンガー2のガイド溝G2に挿入される挿入片99bを有しており、これによりレール部10からのスライダー9の脱落が防止される。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、両者の嵌合及び嵌合解除のため、適度な硬さと適度な柔軟さを兼ね備え、従って、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の柔軟さに起因してスライダー9がレール部10から脱落する可能性も無くはない。勿論、レール部10からスライダー9が脱落したとしてもレール部10に対して再びスライダー9を取着することはできるが、取着作業の負担が生じ、スライダー9の紛失リスクもある。尚、特許文献4に開示の如くスライダー本体を筒状に形成する場合にはスライダーの摺動が重くなり易い。
Further description will be made with reference to FIGS. 18 to 26. FIG. In the above description, it has been shown that the slider 9 is attached to the rail portion 10 of the rail fastener 100 with reference to FIG. The slider 9 shown in FIG. 4 has an insertion piece 99a that is inserted into the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1 and an insertion piece 99b that is inserted into the guide groove G2 of the second stringer 2. The slider 9 is prevented from coming off from the portion 10. - 特許庁The male and female fitting parts 5, 6 have both moderate hardness and moderate flexibility for mating and unfitting. There is a possibility that the slider 9 may drop off from the rail portion 10 due to the unevenness. Of course, even if the slider 9 falls off from the rail portion 10, the slider 9 can be attached to the rail portion 10 again. Incidentally, when the slider body is formed in a cylindrical shape as disclosed in Patent Document 4, the sliding of the slider tends to be heavy.
本実施形態では、スライダー9は、第1翼板94、第2翼板95、及び連結柱96に加えて、第1ストリンガー1のガイド溝G1に挿入される第1挿入片99aと、第2ストリンガー2のガイド溝G2に挿入される第2挿入片99bを有する(図18及び図19参照)。スライダー9が第1翼板94と第2翼板95を有し、レールファスナー100からのスライダー9の脱落が阻止される。更には、ガイド溝G1への第1挿入片99aの挿入及びガイド溝G2への第2挿入片99bの挿入に応じて、スライダー9内における雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の上下方向の位置が規制される。スライダー9の脱落をより強固に阻止しつつ、同時に、第1及び第2挿入片99a,99b以外のスライダー部分に関してスライダー9の形状設計の自由度を高めることができる。これに限定されるべきではないが、例えば、第1翼板94と第2翼板95の上下間隔を増加し、第1翼板94と雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の接触の回避又低減、及び/又は、第2翼板95と第1及び第2取付シート21,22の接触の回避又は低減を図ることができる。場合によっては、個別かつ多様なユーザーユーズに見合うスライダーの外観意匠の提供も促進され得る。
In this embodiment, the slider 9 includes, in addition to the first wing plate 94, the second wing plate 95, and the connecting post 96, a first insertion piece 99a inserted into the guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1, a second It has a second insertion piece 99b that is inserted into the guide groove G2 of the stringer 2 (see FIGS. 18 and 19). The slider 9 has a first wing plate 94 and a second wing plate 95 to prevent the slider 9 from coming off the rail fastener 100.例文帳に追加Furthermore, the vertical direction of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 in the slider 9 is adjusted according to the insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the guide groove G1 and the insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the guide groove G2. position is regulated. While preventing the slider 9 from coming off more firmly, at the same time, it is possible to increase the degree of freedom in designing the shape of the slider 9 with respect to the slider portion other than the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b. Although it should not be limited to this, for example, the vertical distance between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 is increased to prevent contact between the first blade 94 and the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6. Avoidance or reduction and/or avoidance or reduction of contact between the second blade 95 and the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 can be achieved. In some cases, it may also promote the provision of slider appearance designs that meet individual and diverse user uses.
第1ストリンガー1のガイド溝G1は、ガイド突起53と第1取付シート21の間で画定されるものである必要はない。同様、第2ストリンガー2のガイド溝G2は、ガイド突起66と第2取付シート22の間で画定されるものである必要はない。雄型嵌合部5の閉鎖壁51の壁面51zにガイド溝G1を凹設しても構わない。同様、雌型嵌合部6の結合部68にガイド溝G2を凹設しても構わない。いずれの場合においても、ガイド溝G1,G2は、スライダー9の中心線CLに合致するレールファスナー100の中心軸に向けて凹む部分である。尚、ガイド突起53,66を設けることで、雄型嵌合部5とスライダー9の接触面積の低減及び雌型嵌合部6とスライダー9の接触面積の低減が促進される。
The guide groove G1 of the first stringer 1 need not be defined between the guide protrusion 53 and the first attachment sheet 21. Similarly, the guide groove G2 of the second stringer 2 need not be defined between the guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22. A guide groove G1 may be recessed in the wall surface 51z of the closing wall 51 of the male fitting portion 5 . Similarly, the coupling portion 68 of the female fitting portion 6 may be recessed with a guide groove G2. In either case, the guide grooves G1 and G2 are portions recessed toward the central axis of the rail fastener 100 that coincides with the central line CL of the slider 9. As shown in FIG. By providing the guide projections 53 and 66, the reduction of the contact area between the male fitting portion 5 and the slider 9 and the reduction of the contact area between the female fitting portion 6 and the slider 9 are facilitated.
第1及び第2取付シート21,22には、各々、第1及び第2補強シート31,32が含まれており、上述と同様の効果が得られる。しかしながら、第1及び第2補強シート31,32を省略することも可能であり、この点は、以下に記述の全形態又は特徴についても同様である。
The first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 include the first and second reinforcing sheets 31, 32, respectively, and the same effect as described above can be obtained. However, it is also possible to omit the first and second reinforcing sheets 31, 32, as is the case with all forms or features described below.
第1翼板94は、上下方向に直交するある平面に存在し、第2翼板95は、上下方向に直交する別の平面に存在し、両者が対向配置される。第1翼板94は、外面94tと内面94sを有し、これらにより厚みが画定される。第2翼板95は、外面95tと内面95sを有し、これらにより厚みが画定される。第1翼板94の内面94sと第2翼板95の内面95sによりスライダー9内の移動路の上下高さH9が画定される。第1翼板94に引手取付柱が設けられるが、追加又は代替として第2翼板95にそれを設けても良い。
The first blade 94 exists on a plane orthogonal to the vertical direction, the second blade 95 exists on another plane orthogonal to the vertical direction, and both are arranged to face each other. The first vane 94 has an outer surface 94t and an inner surface 94s which define a thickness. The second blade 95 has an outer surface 95t and an inner surface 95s which define a thickness. The inner surface 94s of the first blade 94 and the inner surface 95s of the second blade 95 define the vertical height H9 of the movement path within the slider 9. As shown in FIG. Although the first vane 94 is provided with a pull attachment post, the second vane 95 may additionally or alternatively be provided with it.
図20に示すように、第1翼板94及び第2翼板95は、各々、相対的に幅広である前部941,951、相対的に幅狭である後部942,952、及びこれらの中間に設けられ、後部942,952から前部941,951に向けて幅が漸増する中間部943,953を有する。前部941,951において、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の上下位置が制御される。中間部943,953及び後部942,952において、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、その上下位置に加えてその左右位置が制御される。好適には、前部941,951の前後長は、後部942,952の前後長よりも長い。尚、中間部943,953の前後長は、前部941,951の前後長及び後部942,952の前後長のいずれよりも短い。
As shown in FIG. 20, the first vane 94 and the second vane 95 each have a relatively wide forward portion 941, 951, a relatively narrow aft portion 942, 952, and an intermediate portion thereof. and has an intermediate portion 943,953 that gradually increases in width from the rear portion 942,952 toward the front portion 941,951. At the front portions 941, 951, the vertical position of the male and female fittings 5, 6 is controlled. In the intermediate portions 943, 953 and the rear portions 942, 952, the male and female mating portions 5, 6 are controlled in their lateral positions in addition to their vertical positions. Preferably, the longitudinal length of the front portions 941,951 is longer than the longitudinal length of the rear portions 942,952. The longitudinal length of the intermediate portions 943 and 953 is shorter than the longitudinal length of the front portions 941 and 951 and the longitudinal length of the rear portions 942 and 952 .
連結柱96は、第1翼板94の前端及び第2翼板95の前端から後方にオフセットして位置付けられる。第1翼板94の前端部と第2翼板95の前端部は、各々、上方方向に間隔を空けて対向した対向面を有する。第1翼板94の対向面は、連結柱96から離れるに応じて第2翼板95から離れるように傾斜する第1傾斜面101を含み得る。同様、第2翼板95の対向面は、連結柱96から離れるに応じて第1翼板94から離れるように傾斜する第2傾斜面102を含み得る。第1及び第2傾斜面101,102が対向して配置されてテーパー状の形状を画定する。第1傾斜面101と連結柱96の間には平坦面が形成され得る。第2傾斜面102と連結柱96の間には平坦面が形成され得る。第1及び第2傾斜面101,102を設けることにより、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6と第1又は第2翼板94,95の衝突が回避されてスライダー9が意図せずに停止してしまうことが回避又は抑制される。
The connecting post 96 is positioned rearwardly offset from the front end of the first blade 94 and the front end of the second blade 95 . The front end portion of the first blade 94 and the front end portion of the second blade 95 each have opposing surfaces facing each other with a space therebetween in the upward direction. The facing surface of the first blade 94 may include a first sloped surface 101 that slopes away from the second blade 95 as it moves away from the connecting post 96 . Similarly, the facing surface of the second blade 95 may include a second sloped surface 102 that slopes away from the first blade 94 as it moves away from the connecting post 96 . First and second angled surfaces 101, 102 are positioned oppositely to define a tapered shape. A flat surface may be formed between the first inclined surface 101 and the connection post 96 . A flat surface may be formed between the second inclined surface 102 and the connecting post 96 . By providing the first and second inclined surfaces 101, 102, collision between the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 and the first or second blades 94, 95 is avoided, and the slider 9 is unintentionally moved. Stopping is avoided or suppressed.
連結柱96は、第1翼板94と第2翼板95を連結するべく第1翼板94と第2翼板95の間で上下方向に延びる。連結柱96は、好適には、前部941と前部951を連結し、より好適には、前部941と前部951を中間部943,953に隣接する位置で連結する。連結柱96は、第1翼板94及び第2翼板95の各前端よりも後方にオフセットして位置付けられ、連結柱96の前方に空間SP5が形成される。空間SP5は、第1翼板94及び第2翼板95の間で空間的に制約されるが、後述の第1及び第2側壁9a,9bによっては制約されない。なぜなら、空間SP5は、連結柱96よりも前方に位置し、後述の第1及び第2側壁9a,9bが連結柱96よりも後方に位置するためである。空間SP5の配備により、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6が連結柱96に衝突してスライダー9が停止してしまうことが抑制される。
The connecting post 96 extends vertically between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 to connect the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 . The connecting post 96 preferably connects the front portion 941 and the front portion 951 , and more preferably connects the front portion 941 and the front portion 951 at positions adjacent to the intermediate portions 943 and 953 . The connecting post 96 is positioned rearwardly offset from the front ends of the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 to form a space SP5 in front of the connecting post 96 . The space SP5 is spatially restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95, but is not restricted by first and second side walls 9a and 9b, which will be described later. This is because the space SP5 is located forward of the connecting post 96, and the first and second side walls 9a and 9b, which will be described later, are located behind the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG. Provision of the space SP5 prevents the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 from colliding with the connecting post 96 and causing the slider 9 to stop.
連結柱96の両側には、第1前口M1と第2前口M2が設けられる。第1前口M1を介して雄型嵌合部5がスライダー9の内外を出入りする。第2前口M2を介して雌型嵌合部6がスライダー9の内外を出入りする。スライダー9は、第1及び第2前口M1,M2に加えて一つの後口M3を有する(図22参照)。嵌合状態の雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6が、後口M3を介してスライダー9の内外を出入りする。
A first front opening M1 and a second front opening M2 are provided on both sides of the connecting post 96 . The male fitting part 5 moves in and out of the slider 9 through the first front opening M1. The female fitting part 6 moves in and out of the slider 9 through the second front opening M2. The slider 9 has one rear opening M3 in addition to the first and second front openings M1 and M2 (see FIG. 22). The male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the fitted state move in and out of the slider 9 through the rear opening M3.
スライダー9は、スライダー9の幅方向における第1翼板94の両側縁(左側縁及び右側縁)から第2翼板95に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁9a,9b(左側壁及び右側壁と呼んでも良い)を有する。同様、スライダー9は、スライダー9の幅方向における第2翼板95の両側縁から第1翼板94に向けて上下方向沿いに延びる第3及び第4側壁9c,9d(左側壁及び右側壁と呼んでも良い)を有する。好適には、第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの上下長は、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dの上下長よりも長く、その2倍以上である。但し、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dが省略される形態も想定される。
The slider 9 has first and second side walls 9a and 9b (left side wall) extending in the vertical direction from both side edges (left side edge and right side edge) of the first blade 94 in the width direction of the slider 9 toward the second side wall 95. wall and right side wall). Similarly, the slider 9 has third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d (left side wall and right side wall) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade 95 in the width direction of the slider 9 toward the first blade 94. You may call it). Preferably, the vertical length of the first and second side walls 9a, 9b is longer than the vertical length of the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d, and is at least twice that. However, a form in which the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d are omitted is also assumed.
第1及び第2側壁9a,9bは、雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6の嵌合のために設けられている。雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6は、第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの間で挟まれ、かつ圧迫されてスライダー9内で嵌合可能である。ガイド突起53が第1側壁9aにより押されて雄型突起52も同じ方向に押される。下顎61と上顎62の間に雄型突起52が進入しようとすると、雄型突起52の進入方向に雌型嵌合部6が押されるが、ガイド突起66と第2側壁9bの接触によりその変位が阻止される。従って、雄型突起52により押されて下顎61が下方に変位し、上顎62が上方に変位し、雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6が嵌合する。第3及び第4側壁9c,9dは、雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6の嵌合以外の目的(例えば、第1及び第2取付シート21,22の支持、及び/又は、スライダー9内への異物の進入防止)のために設けられている。
The first and second side walls 9a and 9b are provided for fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 together. The male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are pinchable and compressible between the first and second side walls 9a, 9b to fit within the slider 9. As shown in FIG. The guide projection 53 is pushed by the first side wall 9a and the male projection 52 is also pushed in the same direction. When the male projection 52 tries to enter between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, the female fitting portion 6 is pushed in the direction in which the male projection 52 enters, but the contact between the guide projection 66 and the second side wall 9b causes displacement. is blocked. Therefore, the lower jaw 61 is pushed downward by the male projection 52, the upper jaw 62 is displaced upward, and the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are fitted together. The third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d are used for purposes other than fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 (e.g., supporting the first and second mounting sheets 21, 22 and/or It is provided for preventing entry of foreign matter into the slider 9).
第1及び第2側壁9a,9bは、第1翼板94の中間部943及び後部942に設けられる(換言すれば、前部941には設けられない)。第1及び第2側壁9a,9bは、各々、雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6を押圧する押圧面27,28を有する。押圧面27,28は、中間部943において連結柱96から離間するに応じてお互いに接近する。押圧面27,28は、後部942において連結柱96から離間するに方向に平行に延びる。後部942において押圧面27,28の間隔は、嵌合完了状態の雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の最大幅よりも僅かに広く設定される。これによりスライダー9の摺動が重くなることが回避される。
The first and second side walls 9a, 9b are provided on the intermediate portion 943 and the rear portion 942 of the first blade 94 (in other words, they are not provided on the front portion 941). The first and second side walls 9a, 9b have pressing surfaces 27, 28 for pressing the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, respectively. The pressing surfaces 27 and 28 approach each other as they are separated from the connecting post 96 at the intermediate portion 943 . The pressing surfaces 27 and 28 extend parallel to the direction away from the connecting post 96 at the rear portion 942 . The distance between the pressing surfaces 27 and 28 at the rear portion 942 is set slightly wider than the maximum width of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 in the fitted state. This avoids the sliding of the slider 9 becoming heavy.
第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの前端位置は、連結柱96の後端位置P6又はそれよりも僅かに後方の位置に設定される(図23参照)。これにより第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの適切な案内能を確保しつつ、第1前口M1及び第2前口M2をより大きく(より開放的に)設け、スライダー9をより円滑に動かすことが促進される。スライダー9の構造対称性のために第3及び第4側壁9c,9dも同様の位置及び範囲に設けられ得る。
The front end positions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are set at the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 or a position slightly behind it (see FIG. 23). As a result, the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are provided with a larger (more open) front opening M1 and a second front opening M2, and the slider 9 can be moved more smoothly. is promoted. Due to the structural symmetry of the slider 9, the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d can also be provided at similar positions and extents.
第1及び第2側壁9a,9bは、第1翼板94に連結した基端部と、第1翼板94から離れた先端部を有する。同様、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dは、第2翼板95に連結した基端部と、第2翼板95から離れた先端部を有する。第1側壁9aの先端部と第3側壁9cの先端部が対向配置され、それらの間に第1取付シート21の挿通路を画定する。第2側壁9bの先端部と第4側壁9dの先端部が対向配置され、それらの間に第2取付シート22の挿通路を画定する。好適には、第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの各先端部は、上下方向に直交する共通の平面に含まれる先端面9a1,9b1を有する(図21参照)。好適には、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dの各先端部は、上下方向に直交する共通の平面に含まれる先端面9c1,9d1を有する。
The first and second side walls 9 a and 9 b have base ends connected to the first blade 94 and tip ends separated from the first blade 94 . Similarly, the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d have a proximal end connected to the second vane 95 and a distal end remote from the second vane 95. As shown in FIG. The leading end of the first side wall 9a and the leading end of the third side wall 9c are arranged to face each other, defining an insertion path for the first attachment sheet 21 therebetween. The tip of the second side wall 9b and the tip of the fourth side wall 9d are arranged to face each other, defining an insertion path for the second attachment sheet 22 therebetween. Preferably, the tip portions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b have tip surfaces 9a1 and 9b1 included in a common plane perpendicular to the vertical direction (see FIG. 21). Preferably, the tip portions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d have tip surfaces 9c1 and 9d1 included in a common plane perpendicular to the vertical direction.
第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bは、第1翼板94から離れた位置で第1及び第2側壁9a,9bからスライダー9の幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出する。好適には、第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bは、第1翼板94から離れた第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの先端部からスライダー9の幅方向にお互いに接近するように(換言すれば、スライダー9の中心線CLに向けて)突出する。第1挿入片99aが第1側壁9aの先端部に連結して断面略L字形状の壁部が構築される。同様、第2挿入片99bが第2側壁9bの先端部に連結して断面略L字形状の壁部が構築される(図21,22参照)。
The first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b protrude from the first and second side walls 9a, 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 at positions away from the first blade plate 94 so as to approach each other. Preferably, the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b are arranged so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider 9 from the distal end portions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b away from the first vane plate 94 ( In other words, it projects toward the centerline CL of the slider 9). The first insertion piece 99a is connected to the tip of the first side wall 9a to construct a wall portion having a substantially L-shaped cross section. Similarly, the second insertion piece 99b is connected to the tip of the second side wall 9b to construct a wall portion having a substantially L-shaped cross section (see FIGS. 21 and 22).
第1挿入片99aは、第1側壁9aの先端部の先端面9a1と共に第1取付シート21(例えば、その上面21m)に接触するように設けられる。同様、第2挿入片99bは、第2側壁9bの先端部の先端面9b1と共に第2取付シート22(例えば、その上面22m)に接触するように設けられる。図示例では、第1挿入片99aは、第1側壁9aの先端部の先端面9a1と面一の面を持つように設けられる。第2挿入片99bは、第2側壁9bの先端部の先端面9b1と面一の面を持つように設けられる。尚、第1側壁9aの先端面9a1から第1挿入片99aを僅か上方にシフトさせて第1取付シート21の接触面積を低減することも可能である。第2挿入片99bについても同様である。
The first insertion piece 99a is provided so as to come into contact with the first mounting sheet 21 (for example, its upper surface 21m) together with the front end surface 9a1 of the front end portion of the first side wall 9a. Similarly, the second inserting piece 99b is provided so as to come into contact with the second mounting sheet 22 (for example, its upper surface 22m) together with the tip surface 9b1 of the tip of the second side wall 9b. In the illustrated example, the first insertion piece 99a is provided so as to have a surface flush with the tip surface 9a1 of the tip portion of the first side wall 9a. The second insertion piece 99b is provided so as to have a surface that is flush with the tip surface 9b1 of the tip portion of the second side wall 9b. It is also possible to reduce the contact area of the first mounting sheet 21 by shifting the first insertion piece 99a slightly upward from the tip surface 9a1 of the first side wall 9a. The same applies to the second insert piece 99b.
幾つかの場合、第1挿入片99aがガイド溝G1に緩嵌され、及び/又は、第2挿入片99bがガイド溝G2に緩嵌される。即ち、第1ガイド突起53と第1取付シート21の間の上下間隔は、ガイド溝G1における挿入片99aの緩嵌を許容するべく設定され、端的には、第1挿入片99aの厚みと同等又は僅かに大きく設定される。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は押出し成形された部分であり、その形状精度は極めて高いわけではない。従って、上述の設計によって過度な圧入が回避される。第2ガイド突起66と第2取付シート22の間上下の間隔も同様に設定される。
In some cases, the first insertion piece 99a is loosely fitted into the guide groove G1 and/or the second insertion piece 99b is loosely fitted into the guide groove G2. That is, the vertical spacing between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21 is set to allow loose fitting of the insertion piece 99a in the guide groove G1, and in short, is equivalent to the thickness of the first insertion piece 99a. or slightly larger. The male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are extruded portions, and their shape accuracy is not very high. Thus, the above design avoids excessive press-fitting. The vertical spacing between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22 is also set in the same manner.
幾つかの場合、挿入片99aがガイド溝G1に圧入され、及び/又は、挿入片99bがガイド溝G2に圧入される。即ち、第1ガイド突起53と第1取付シート21の間の上下間隔は、ガイド溝G1への挿入片99aの圧入を許容するべく設定され、端的には、挿入片99aの厚みと同等又は僅かに小さく設定される。これによりスライダー9の摺動は重くなるものの、スライダー9内において雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6を目標の上下位置により確実に位置付けることができる。第2ガイド突起66と第2取付シート22の間の上下間隔も同様に設定される。
In some cases, the insert piece 99a is press-fitted into the guide groove G1 and/or the insert piece 99b is press-fitted into the guide groove G2. That is, the vertical spacing between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21 is set to allow the insertion piece 99a to be press-fitted into the guide groove G1, and in short, is equal to or slightly smaller than the thickness of the insertion piece 99a. is set lower than As a result, although the sliding of the slider 9 becomes heavy, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 can be reliably positioned within the slider 9 at the target vertical positions. The vertical interval between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22 is also set in the same manner.
第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bは、上下方向において略一定の厚みを有するが、これに限られない。幾つかの場合、第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bの厚みは、スライダー9の中心線CLに向かって薄厚になる。即ち、挿入片99aと第1翼板94との上下間隔がスライダー9の中心線CLに向かって漸増し、及び/又は、挿入片99aと第2翼板95との上下間隔がスライダー9の中心線CLに向かって漸増する。挿入片99bについても同様の説明が当てはまり、冗長説明は省略する。非限定の一例の効果としては、第1ガイド溝G1への第1挿入片99aの挿入及び第2ガイド溝G2への第2挿入片99bの挿入の促進が挙げられる。
Although the first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b have a substantially constant thickness in the vertical direction, the thickness is not limited to this. In some cases, the thickness of the first and second inserts 99a, 99b tapers toward the centerline CL of the slider 9. That is, the vertical spacing between the insertion piece 99a and the first blade 94 gradually increases toward the center line CL of the slider 9, and/or the vertical spacing between the insertion piece 99a and the second blade 95 increases toward the center of the slider 9. Gradually increases towards line CL. The same explanation applies to the insertion piece 99b, and a redundant explanation is omitted. A non-limiting example of the effect is to promote insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2.
第1ガイド溝G1への第1挿入片99aの挿入及び第2ガイド溝G2への第2挿入片99bの挿入に基づいて、スライダー9内において嵌合完了した状態の雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6が、第1翼板94に対して上方空間SP1を空けて配置され、かつ第2翼板95に対して下方空間SP2を空けて配置される。換言すれば、スライダー9内において嵌合完了した状態の雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6、並びに第1取付シート21及び第2取付シート22が、第1翼板94の内面94s及び第2翼板95の内面95sに非接触に位置決めされる。これによりレールファスナー100とスライダー9の接触面積が低減してスライダー9を円滑に動かすことが促進される。
Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and the insertion of the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2, the male fitting portion 5 and the male fitting portion 5 in a state of being completely fitted in the slider 9 The female fitting portion 6 is arranged with an upper space SP1 with respect to the first blade 94 and with a lower space SP2 with respect to the second blade 95 . In other words, the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the state of being completely fitted in the slider 9, the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are located on the inner surface 94s of the first blade plate 94. and the inner surface 95s of the second blade 95 in a non-contact manner. As a result, the contact area between the rail fastener 100 and the slider 9 is reduced, and smooth movement of the slider 9 is facilitated.
第1ガイド溝G1への第1挿入片99aの挿入及び第2ガイド溝G2への第2挿入片99bの挿入に基づいて、第1取付シート21及び第2取付シート22が第1翼板94寄りに位置付けられ得る。第1取付シート21及び第2取付シート22が、第2翼板95と、そこに設けられた第3側壁9c及び第4側壁9dから浮いた状態となり、そうでない場合と比べてスライダー9の摺動が軽くなる。但し、第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの先端面9a1,9b1(図21参照)は、各々、第1及び第2取付シート21,22の上面21m,22mに接触した状態に保持され得る。
By inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2, the first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are attached to the first blade plate 94. can be positioned near The first mounting sheet 21 and the second mounting sheet 22 are lifted from the second blade 95 and the third side wall 9c and the fourth side wall 9d provided thereon. movement becomes lighter. However, the tip surfaces 9a1 and 9b1 (see FIG. 21) of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b can be held in contact with the top surfaces 21m and 22m of the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22, respectively.
場合によっては、第2翼板95から離れた第3及び第4側壁9c,9dの先端部の先端面は、各々、第1及び第2取付シート21,22に対してクリアランスをあけて対向して配置される。尚、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dを設けることにより取付シート用の挿通路が狭められる。
In some cases, the tip surfaces of the tip portions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d away from the second vane plate 95 are opposed to the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 with a clearance therebetween. are placed. By providing the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d, the insertion path for the attachment sheet is narrowed.
好適には、スライダー9内における雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合過程において、一対の顎の下顎61及び上顎62の各々が、第1翼板94及び第2翼板95のいずれにも強接触せず、或いは、全く接触しない。雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合過程において下顎61と上顎62の間に雄型突起52が圧入される過程で、雄型突起52が下顎61を下方に押し、雄型突起52が上顎62を上方に押し、下顎61が第2翼板95に接近し、上顎62が、第1翼板94に接近する。第1翼板94に向かう上顎62の変位前、第1翼板94と上顎62の間には上述の上方空間SP1があり、従って、仮に両者が接触するとしても、これがない場合と比較してそれらの接触が弱められる。第2翼板95に向かう下顎61の変位前、第2翼板95と下顎61の間には上述の下方空間SP2があり、従って、仮に両者が接触するとしても、これがない場合と比較してそれらの接触が弱められる。このように上方空間SP1及び下方空間SP2のおかげで雄型嵌合部5と雌型嵌合部6の嵌合が円滑化されてスライダー9の摺動が軽くなる。尚、この効果をより確実に得るため、図19の点線で示すように、雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する顎61,62の先端部(取付シート22に関するシート外方の端部)を受容する受容溝G3及び/又は溝G4を第1翼板94及び/又は第2翼板95に設けても良い。上方空間SP1は、好適には、スライダー9内の移動路の上下高さH9の1/10以上の上下範囲に亘って設けられ得る。下方空間SP2の上下範囲は、上方空間SP1の上下範囲よりも大きい。
Preferably, in the mating process of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 within the slider 9, each of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 of the pair of jaws is connected to the first wing plate 94 and the second wing plate. No strong contact or no contact with any of 95. In the process of fitting the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 together, the male projection 52 presses the lower jaw 61 downward and pushes the male projection 52 between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62. Mold projection 52 pushes upper jaw 62 upward, lower jaw 61 approaches second vane 95 and upper jaw 62 approaches first vane 94 . Before the displacement of the upper jaw 62 toward the first wing 94, there is the above-mentioned upper space SP1 between the first wing 94 and the upper jaw 62, so that even if they were to come into contact with each other, it would be less than without it. Their contact is weakened. Before the displacement of the mandible 61 toward the second wing plate 95, there is the aforementioned lower space SP2 between the second wing plate 95 and the mandible 61. Therefore, even if the two contact each other, the difference between the lower space SP2 and the lower mandible 61 is greater than that without the contact. Their contact is weakened. In this way, the upper space SP1 and the lower space SP2 facilitate the fitting between the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6, and the sliding of the slider 9 is lightened. In order to obtain this effect more reliably, as shown by the dotted line in FIG. Receiving grooves G3 and/or grooves G4 may be provided in the first vane 94 and/or the second vane 95 to receive (outer edge of the seat relative to the mounting seat 22). The upper space SP1 can preferably be provided over a vertical range of 1/10 or more of the vertical height H9 of the movement path in the slider 9. The vertical range of the lower space SP2 is larger than the vertical range of the upper space SP1.
第1挿入片99aと第2挿入片99bの間の間隔W6は、スライダー9の移動時に雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6が両者の間で圧迫されないように設定され得る。これによりスライダー9の摺動が過度に重くなることが抑制される。典型的には、挿入片99aと雄型嵌合部5(例えば、その閉鎖壁)の間には僅かに隙間W7が設定され、同様、挿入片99bと雌型嵌合部6の間には僅かな隙間W8が設定される。これらの隙間W7,W8は僅かなものであり、従って、レールファスナー100の形状バラツキによっては、挿入片99a及び挿入片99bの一方が雄型嵌合部5又は雌型嵌合部6のいずれかに接触することも想定されている。
The distance W6 between the first insertion piece 99a and the second insertion piece 99b can be set so that the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 are not pressed between them when the slider 9 moves. This prevents the slider 9 from sliding excessively. Typically, a slight gap W7 is set between the insert piece 99a and the male fitting portion 5 (for example, its closing wall), and similarly between the insert piece 99b and the female fitting portion 6 A slight gap W8 is set. These gaps W7 and W8 are very small, and therefore depending on the variation in shape of the rail fastener 100, one of the insertion pieces 99a and 99b may be either the male fitting portion 5 or the female fitting portion 6. is also expected to come into contact with
図24及び図25を追加参照して補足的に説明する。第1側壁9aの先端部に第1挿入片99aが連結し、第2側壁9bの先端部に第2挿入片99bが連結している。第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bが同一平面に存在し、スライダー9の幅方向の通路幅が狭められている。第1挿入片99aは、第1ガイド突起53と第1取付シート21の間に挟まれる。第2挿入片99bは、第2ガイド突起66と第2取付シート22の間に挟まれる。第1挿入片99aと第1翼板94の間の空間に第1ガイド突起53が配置され、第2挿入片99bと第1翼板94の間の空間に第2ガイド突起66が配置される。
A supplementary description will be given with additional reference to FIGS. 24 and 25. A first insertion piece 99a is connected to the tip of the first side wall 9a, and a second insertion piece 99b is connected to the tip of the second side wall 9b. The first and second insert pieces 99a and 99b are on the same plane, and the passage width in the width direction of the slider 9 is narrowed. The first insertion piece 99a is sandwiched between the first guide projection 53 and the first mounting sheet 21. As shown in FIG. The second insertion piece 99b is sandwiched between the second guide projection 66 and the second mounting sheet 22. As shown in FIG. A first guide projection 53 is arranged in the space between the first insertion piece 99a and the first blade 94, and a second guide projection 66 is arranged in the space between the second insertion piece 99b and the first blade 94. .
スライダー9が後進する時、嵌合状態の雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6は、スライダー9の後口からスライダー9内に直線的に進入する。第1挿入片99aがガイド溝G1に挿入されており、従って、雄型嵌合部5は、スライダー9内において一定の高さに位置付けられる。第2挿入片99bがガイド溝G2に挿入されており、従って、雌型嵌合部6は、スライダー9内において一定の高さに位置付けられる。
When the slider 9 moves backward, the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 in the fitted state enter the slider 9 linearly from the rear opening of the slider 9 . The first insertion piece 99a is inserted into the guide groove G1, so that the male fitting portion 5 is positioned within the slider 9 at a constant height. The second inserting piece 99b is inserted into the guide groove G2, so that the female fitting portion 6 is positioned within the slider 9 at a constant height.
雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、連結柱96よりも後方に離れた所定位置において割られて開く。連結柱96の左右両側の位置では、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、既に割り開かれているため、スライダー9の後進時、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、スライダー9に対して斜め前方にお互いに離れるように移動する。この過程で雄型突起52により押されて上顎62が上方に押され、下顎61が下方に押され、それらの変位が十分になると雄型突起52が雌型嵌合部6から抜け出る。
The male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are split open at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are already split open at the positions on the left and right sides of the connecting post 96, when the slider 9 moves backward, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are They move obliquely forward with respect to the slider 9 so as to separate from each other. In this process, the male projection 52 pushes the upper jaw 62 upward and the lower jaw 61 downward.
スライダー9が前進する時、雄型嵌合部5は、スライダー9の第1前口M1からスライダー9内に斜めに進入する。同様、雌型嵌合部6は、スライダー9の第2前口M2からスライダー9内に斜めに進入する。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、嵌合解除された分離状態にある。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、第1翼板94と第2翼板95の間で位置規制される。連結柱96の後方の範囲では、第1挿入片99aの第1ガイド溝G1への挿入及び第2挿入片99bの第2ガイド溝G2への挿入によって、レールファスナー100は、スライダー9内で高さ規制されている。従って、連結柱96よりも前側の位置において、未だ嵌合していない雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の個々の高さも各ストリンガーの連続性のために規制される。
When the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 obliquely enters the slider 9 from the first front opening M1 of the slider 9 . Similarly, the female fitting portion 6 enters obliquely into the slider 9 from the second front opening M2 of the slider 9 . The male and female mating parts 5, 6 are in an unmated and separated state. The male and female mating parts 5 and 6 are positionally restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 . In the rear range of the connecting post 96, the rail fastener 100 is positioned high within the slider 9 by inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2. are regulated. Therefore, at a position forward of the connecting post 96, the individual heights of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 that have not yet been fitted are also restricted for the continuity of each stringer.
第1挿入片99aの第1ガイド溝G1への挿入及び第2挿入片99bの第2ガイド溝G2への挿入によって第1翼板94と第2翼板95の上下間隔を増加させることができるが、第1傾斜面101を設けることにより雄型嵌合部5(例えば、閉鎖壁の頂部)と第1翼板94の衝突、及び雌型嵌合部6(例えば、上顎62)と第1翼板94の衝突の回避をより促進することができる。レールファスナー100がガーメントの前身頃の左半分及び右半分の間に取り付けられる場合、ガーメントの柔軟さに追随してレールファスナー100も任意の方向に大きく湾曲する場合がある。上述の特徴は、このような場合への対処策の一つである。
By inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2, the vertical distance between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 can be increased. However, by providing the first inclined surface 101, the collision between the male fitting portion 5 (for example, the top of the closing wall) and the first blade 94 and the collision between the female fitting portion 6 (for example, the upper jaw 62) and the first Collision avoidance of the vanes 94 can be further promoted. When the rail fastener 100 is attached between the left and right halves of the front body of the garment, the rail fastener 100 may be greatly curved in any direction following the flexibility of the garment. The above feature is one of the countermeasures against such cases.
雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、連結柱96よりも後方に離れた所定位置において嵌合完了する。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、嵌合過程においてお互いに接近する。端的には、雄型突起52が下顎61と上顎62の間に挿入され、下顎61が下方に押され、上顎62が上方に押され、両顎の変位が十分になると雄型突起52が雌型嵌合部6の受容空間に完全に進入する(同時に、下顎61及び上顎62が傾斜姿勢から平坦姿勢に復帰する)。連結柱96の後方の範囲では、第1挿入片99aの第1ガイド溝G1への挿入及び第2挿入片99bの第2ガイド溝G2への挿入によって、レールファスナー100は、スライダー9内で高さ規制されている。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の上下変位が規制された状態で雄型突起52が下顎61と上顎62の間に圧入され、従って、それらの円滑な嵌合が促進される。
The male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are completely fitted at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. The male and female mating parts 5, 6 approach each other during the mating process. Briefly, the male projection 52 is inserted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62, the lower jaw 61 is pushed downward, the upper jaw 62 is pushed upward, and when the jaws are displaced sufficiently, the male projection 52 is inserted into the female jaw. It completely enters the receiving space of the mold fitting part 6 (at the same time, the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 return from the tilted position to the flat position). In the rear range of the connecting post 96, the rail fastener 100 is positioned high within the slider 9 by inserting the first insertion piece 99a into the first guide groove G1 and inserting the second insertion piece 99b into the second guide groove G2. are regulated. The male projection 52 is press-fitted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 in a state in which the vertical displacement of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 is restricted, thus promoting smooth fitting thereof.
幾つかの場合、第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bの前端は、スライダー9の中心線CLに沿う方向において、雄型嵌合部5の先端点(例えば、雌型嵌合部6側にある、雄型突起52の先端点)の移動軌跡L7と、雌型嵌合部6の先端点(例えば、雄型嵌合部5側にある、下顎61及び上顎62の先端点)の移動軌跡L8の交点よりも前方に位置付けられる。これにより雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の安定、かつ円滑な嵌合が促進される。尚、交点は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の(嵌合完了前の)嵌合過程の位置に対応する。点線L6は点線L7と共に移動過程の雄型嵌合部5の幅を描写する。点線L9は点線L8と共に移動過程の雌型嵌合部6の幅を描写する。
In some cases, the front ends of the first and second insertion pieces 99a and 99b are positioned at the front end point of the male fitting portion 5 (for example, toward the female fitting portion 6 side) in the direction along the center line CL of the slider 9. A movement trajectory L7 of the tip point of the male projection 52) and a movement trajectory of the tip point of the female fitting portion 6 (for example, tip points of the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 on the male fitting portion 5 side). It is positioned forward of the intersection of L8. This promotes stable and smooth fitting of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 . The intersection point corresponds to the position of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 during the mating process (before completion of mating). Dotted line L6, together with dotted line L7, depicts the width of the male fitting 5 during movement. Dotted line L9, together with dotted line L8, depicts the width of female fitting 6 during movement.
図26を参照して説明する。図26に示すように第1翼板94と第2翼板95を上下反転することができる。これに応じて第1乃至第4側壁9a~9dの位置も変更される。このような場合においても上述と同様の効果が見込まれる。図26に示す場合、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、ガーメント(例えば、防水又は防風ジャケット)の内側に配置され、ガーメントの外観において目立たない。また、レールファスナー100が閉じた状態において第1及び第2取付シート21,22の間の接触箇所P2に形成される閉鎖ラインがガーメントの外観に現れる。これは、ガーメントの外観においてレールファスナー100の存在を隠すことに貢献する点で特に有利である。
Description will be made with reference to FIG. As shown in FIG. 26, the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 can be turned upside down. Accordingly, the positions of the first to fourth side walls 9a to 9d are also changed. Even in such a case, the same effect as described above can be expected. In the case shown in FIG. 26, the male and female fittings 5, 6 are placed inside the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and are unobtrusive in the appearance of the garment. Also, a closing line formed at the contact point P2 between the first and second mounting sheets 21 and 22 when the rail fastener 100 is closed appears in the appearance of the garment. This is particularly advantageous in that it contributes to hiding the presence of the rail fastener 100 in the appearance of the garment.
図27乃至図36を参照して更に説明する。尚、図18乃至図26を参照して説明したスライダーに関する特徴は、矛盾しない範囲で(例えば、両立困難な点を除いて)以下に説明のスライダーにも適用可能であり、逆も然りである。例えば、第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bを以下に記述の二重ファスナー用のスライダーに適用することもできる。
Further description will be made with reference to FIGS. It should be noted that the features of the sliders described with reference to FIGS. 18 to 26 can be applied to the sliders described below as long as they are not inconsistent (for example, except for the incompatibility), and vice versa. be. For example, the first and second inserts 99a, 99b can be applied to sliders for double fasteners described below.
二重ファスナー17は、上述した様々な特徴の一つ又は任意の組み合わせを具備するレールファスナー100と、レールファスナー100に対して貼り合わされたファスナーチェーン7を有する。ファスナーチェーン7は、例えば、接着剤、熱圧着、又は熱溶着によりレールファスナー100に対して固着して積層される。ファスナーチェーン7は、第1ストリンガー1に対して貼り合わされた第3ストリンガー13と、第2ストリンガー2に対して貼り合わされた第4ストリンガー14を含む。第3及び第4ストリンガー13,14は、各々、スライダー9の前進時、雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6の嵌合に同期して係合する第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16を含む。レールファスナー100では、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6が嵌合したとしても外力によって雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の一方が他方に対して前後方向に位置ズレしてしまうおそれがある。この欠点を補うべくレールファスナー100が採用される。ファスナーチェーン7は、第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16を包含するものであり、両者の係合によって上述の位置ズレの問題が解消する。
The double fastener 17 has a rail fastener 100 having one or any combination of the various features described above and a fastener chain 7 attached to the rail fastener 100 . The fastener chain 7 is fixed and laminated to the rail fastener 100 by, for example, an adhesive, thermocompression bonding, or heat welding. The fastener chain 7 includes a third stringer 13 attached to the first stringer 1 and a fourth stringer 14 attached to the second stringer 2 . The third and fourth stringers 13, 14 are respectively first and second coiled elements that engage synchronously with the engagement of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 when the slider 9 advances. 15, 16 included. In the rail fastener 100, even if the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are fitted together, one of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 is displaced in the longitudinal direction with respect to the other due to an external force. There is a risk. A rail fastener 100 is employed to compensate for this drawback. The fastener chain 7 includes first and second coiled elements 15 and 16, and the engagement between the two solves the above-described positional displacement problem.
第3及び第4ストリンガー13,14は、各々、第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16が対向側縁部に縫着された第1及び第2ファスナーテープ117,118を有する。第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の反対側に設けられる。即ち、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6が二重ファスナー17の上側に設けられる時、第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16がその下側に設けられ、逆も然りである。第1コイル状エレメント15と雄型嵌合部5は、第1取付シート21と第1ファスナーテープ117の積層体を挟んで反対側に位置し、その積層体を挟んで上下方向において積層されている。第2コイル状エレメント16と雌型嵌合部6は、第2取付シート22と第2ファスナーテープ118の積層体を挟んで反対側に位置し、その積層体を挟んで上下方向において積層されている。
The third and fourth stringers 13,14 each have first and second fastener tapes 117,118 with first and second coiled elements 15,16 sewn to opposite side edges. First and second coiled elements 15,16 are provided on opposite sides of the male and female fittings 5,6. That is, when the male and female fittings 5, 6 are provided on the upper side of the double fastener 17, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are provided on the lower side thereof, and vice versa. . The first coil-shaped element 15 and the male fitting portion 5 are positioned on opposite sides of the laminate of the first mounting sheet 21 and the first fastener tape 117, and are vertically laminated with the laminate sandwiched therebetween. there is The second coil-shaped element 16 and the female fitting portion 6 are positioned on opposite sides of the laminate of the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fastener tape 118, and are vertically laminated with the laminate sandwiched therebetween. there is
典型的には、第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16は、一定ピッチで係合頭部37が形成されるように成形された螺旋状のモノフィラメントから成る(図27~図29参照)。螺旋状のモノフィラメントは、第1脚部35、第2脚部36、係合頭部37、及び反転部38を一つの螺旋単位(端的には、噛合要素)として含み、この螺旋単位(噛合要素)が連続して成る。係合頭部37は、モノフィラメントが幅広に形成された部分であり、その幅広部が、ファスナーテープの長手方向に沿って配向される。
Typically, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 consist of helical monofilaments shaped to form engaging heads 37 at a constant pitch (see FIGS. 27-29). The helical monofilament includes the first leg portion 35, the second leg portion 36, the engaging head portion 37, and the reversing portion 38 as one helical unit (briefly, engaging element), and this helical unit (engaging element ) are consecutively formed. The engaging head 37 is a portion formed with a wide monofilament, and the wide portion is oriented along the longitudinal direction of the fastener tape.
雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6が嵌合し、かつ第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16が係合した時(図27参照)、第1及び第2ファスナーテープ117,118の間には僅かな隙間が形成されるが、この隙間は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の嵌合により、端的には、雌型嵌合部6の下顎61によって閉鎖される。詳細には、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6が嵌合する時、下顎61は、雄型突起52と第1コイル状エレメント15の間(より厳密には雄型突起52と第1ファスナーテープ117の間)に挿入される。これにより第1及び第2ファスナーテープ117,118の間の隙間が閉鎖され、この隙間を介した流体の移動が下顎61により阻止される。
When the male and female mating portions 5, 6 are mated and the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged (see FIG. 27), the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 are A slight gap is formed between them, but this gap is closed by the lower jaw 61 of the female fitting part 6 due to the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 . Specifically, when the male and female mating portions 5, 6 are mated, the lower jaw 61 is positioned between the male projection 52 and the first coiled element 15 (more precisely, the male projection 52 and the first coiled element 15). between the fastener tapes 117). This closes the gap between the first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 and the mandible 61 prevents movement of fluid through this gap.
幾つかの場合、(二重ファスナー17の幅方向における)係合状態の第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16の幅W2は、(二重ファスナー17の幅方向における)嵌合状態の雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の最大幅よりも小さい。コイル状エレメントのサイズを小型なものとすることにより上述の位置ズレの程度を小さくすることができる。更には、二重ファスナー17の長手方向の単位長におけるコイル状エレメントの螺旋単位(噛合要素)の数が増加して第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16の円滑な係合が促進される。
In some cases, the width W2 of the engaged first and second coiled elements 15, 16 (in the width direction of the double fastener 17) is greater than the engaged male width (in the width direction of the double fastener 17). less than the maximum width of the mold and female fittings 5,6; By reducing the size of the coiled element, the degree of positional deviation can be reduced. Furthermore, the number of helical units (engagement elements) of the coiled element per unit length in the longitudinal direction of the double fastener 17 is increased to promote smooth engagement of the first and second coiled elements 15 and 16. .
二重ファスナー17の一つのストリンガー121は、第1ストリンガー1と第3ストリンガー13の積層体を含み、その他方のストリンガー122は、第2ストリンガー2と第4ストリンガーの積層体を含む。第1取付シート21に第1補強シート31が含まれる場合、第1取付シート21は、第1ファスナーテープ117の厚みよりも大きい厚みを持ち得る。同様、第2取付シート22に第2補強シート32が含まれる場合、第2取付シート22は、第2ファスナーテープ118の厚みよりも大きい厚みを持ち得る。第1及び第2ファスナーテープ117,118は、典型的には、織物又は編物又はこれらの混在物であり、より好適には、織物よりも柔軟性が高い編物であり、これによりストリンガー同士の重ね合わせによる柔軟性の低下の程度を小さくすることができる。好適には、第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16は、各々、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6よりも薄型であり、これによりレールファスナー100へのファスナーチェーン7の貼り合わせに伴う厚み増の程度を小さくすることができる。
One stringer 121 of the double fastener 17 includes a laminate of the first stringer 1 and the third stringer 13, and the other stringer 122 includes a laminate of the second stringer 2 and the fourth stringer. When the first mounting sheet 21 includes the first reinforcing sheet 31 , the first mounting sheet 21 can have a thickness greater than the thickness of the first fastener tape 117 . Similarly, when the second mounting sheet 22 includes the second reinforcing sheet 32 , the second mounting sheet 22 may have a thickness greater than the thickness of the second fastener tape 118 . The first and second fastener tapes 117, 118 are typically a woven or knitted fabric or a mixture thereof, more preferably a knitted fabric that is more flexible than the woven fabric, so that the stringers overlap each other. It is possible to reduce the degree of reduction in flexibility due to alignment. Preferably, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are thinner than the male and female mating portions 5, 6, respectively, so that lamination of the fastener chain 7 to the rail fastener 100 is facilitated. The accompanying degree of thickness increase can be reduced.
スライダー9は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6、並びに第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16に共用に設けられている。第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの間で雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6が挟まれ、かつ圧迫されて嵌合される点は上述と同様であり、重複説明は省略する。第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16とは異なり、雌型嵌合部5,6の上顎62は、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の嵌合時、上方に変位する。第1翼板94に上顎62を受容する受容溝G3を形成することで、上顎62と第1翼板94の干渉を回避又は低減することができる。受容溝G3は、上顎62が平坦姿勢から脱して傾斜姿勢を取る位置及び範囲に限定して形成することもできる。しかしながら、有利には、受容溝G3は、第1翼板94の後端面に到達するまで連結柱96の後端に隣接する位置から直線的に延びる。これによりスライダー9の成形用金型の構成を簡素化することができる。
The slider 9 is shared by the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 and the first and second coiled elements 15, 16. The male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are sandwiched between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b and are fitted under pressure in the same manner as described above, so redundant description will be omitted. Unlike the first and second coiled elements 15,16, the upper jaws 62 of the female fittings 5,6 are displaced upwards when the male and female fittings 5,6 are mated. By forming the receiving groove G3 for receiving the upper jaw 62 in the first blade 94, interference between the upper jaw 62 and the first blade 94 can be avoided or reduced. The receiving groove G3 can also be formed in a limited position and range where the upper jaw 62 exits from the flat posture and assumes an inclined posture. Advantageously, however, the receiving groove G3 extends linearly from a position adjacent the rear end of the connecting post 96 until it reaches the rear end face of the first vane 94 . Thereby, the configuration of the mold for molding the slider 9 can be simplified.
スライダー9は、第1翼板94、第2翼板95、及び連結柱96を有するが、連結柱96は、第1翼板94の前端部と第2翼板95の前端部同士を連結し、連結柱96の前方に図20に示した上述の空間SP5が形成されない。レールファスナー100に対してファスナーチェーン7が貼り合わされているため、レールファスナー100の第1及び第2ストリンガー1,2の軌道も適切に形成されることがその省略の一要因である。
The slider 9 has a first blade 94, a second blade 95, and a connecting post 96. The connecting post 96 connects the front ends of the first blade 94 and the second blade 95. , the above-described space SP5 shown in FIG. One reason for the omission is that the tracks of the first and second stringers 1 and 2 of the rail fastener 100 are appropriately formed because the fastener chain 7 is attached to the rail fastener 100 .
第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの前端位置は、連結柱96の後端位置P6よりも僅かに後方の位置に設定される(図33参照)。同様、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dの前端位置は、連結柱96の後端位置P6よりも僅かに後方の位置に設定される。側壁らの適切な案内能を確保しつつ、第1前口M1及び第2前口M2をより大きく(より開放的に)を設け、スライダー9をより円滑に動かすことが促進される。
The front end positions of the first and second side walls 9a and 9b are set slightly behind the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 (see FIG. 33). Similarly, the front end positions of the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9d are set slightly behind the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG. The first front opening M1 and the second front opening M2 are provided larger (more open) while ensuring proper guiding ability of the side walls, thereby promoting smoother movement of the slider 9.
スライダー9は、上述の第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bを具備しない。第1取付シート21と第1ファスナーテープ117の積層部分は、第1側壁9aと第3側壁9cの間に緩く挿入される。同様、第2取付シート22と第2ファスナーテープ118の積層部分は、第2側壁9bと第4側壁9dの間に緩く挿入される。第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bの省略によりスライダー9の成形金型の構造を簡素化することができるが、スライダー9内において雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6がより自由に上下方向に変位してしまう。
The slider 9 does not have the above-described first and second insert pieces 99a, 99b. The laminated portion of the first attachment sheet 21 and the first fastener tape 117 is loosely inserted between the first side wall 9a and the third side wall 9c. Similarly, the laminated portion of the second mounting sheet 22 and the second fastener tape 118 is loosely inserted between the second side wall 9b and the fourth side wall 9d. Although the structure of the mold for molding the slider 9 can be simplified by omitting the first and second insertion pieces 99a and 99b, the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 can be moved up and down more freely in the slider 9. displaced in the direction
上述の課題の解決のために、第1翼板94に受容溝G3を設けることができ、これにより第1翼板94と第2翼板95の上下間隔を比較的狭く設定しつつも第1翼板94と上顎62の干渉を回避又はその程度を低減することができる。端的には、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の嵌合過程で上顎62が受容溝G3により受容され、スライダー9の摺動が重くなることが回避又は抑制される。
In order to solve the above-described problem, the receiving groove G3 can be provided in the first vane 94, whereby the vertical distance between the first vane 94 and the second vane 95 can be set relatively narrow, while the first vane Interference between the wing plate 94 and the upper jaw 62 can be avoided or reduced. In short, the upper jaw 62 is received by the receiving groove G3 during the fitting process of the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6, and the sliding of the slider 9 is avoided or suppressed from becoming heavy.
スライダー9は、第1側壁9aから第2側壁9bに向けて***した第1***部25と、第2側壁9bから第1側壁9aに向けて***した第2***部26を有し、これらが上顎62の変形を許容する空間を空けて対向配置される。これにより上顎62との干渉を回避又は抑制しつつ、第1翼板94側への雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の変位を規制することができる。好適には、第1***部25は、第1ガイド突起53の直上にクリアランスを空けて配置され、また、第1翼板94に連結する。第2***部26は、第2ガイド突起66の直上にクリアランスを空けて配置され、また、第1翼板94に連結する。第1***部25及び第2***部26の配備により、スライダー9の後口M3が狭まるため、この影響を低減するためにも上述のようにクリアランスを設けることが望ましい。
The slider 9 has a first raised portion 25 raised from the first side wall 9a toward the second side wall 9b and a second raised portion 26 raised from the second side wall 9b toward the first side wall 9a. They are arranged facing each other with a space that allows deformation of the upper jaw 62 . Thereby, while avoiding or suppressing interference with the upper jaw 62, displacement of the male and female fitting portions 5, 6 toward the first blade 94 can be restricted. Preferably, the first raised portion 25 is arranged directly above the first guide protrusion 53 with a clearance therebetween, and is connected to the first blade plate 94 . The second raised portion 26 is arranged directly above the second guide projection 66 with a clearance therebetween, and is connected to the first blade plate 94 . Since the rear opening M3 of the slider 9 is narrowed by the provision of the first protruding portion 25 and the second protruding portion 26, it is desirable to provide the clearance as described above in order to reduce this effect.
更に説明すれば、第1***部25は、第1側壁9aの押圧面27から第2側壁9bに向けて***し、端的には、押圧面27よりもスライダー9の中心線CL寄りに位置する非押圧面25aを有する。第2***部26は、第2側壁9bの押圧面28から第1側壁9aに向けて***し、端的には、押圧面28よりもスライダー9の中心線CL寄りに位置する非押圧面26aを有する。これらの非押圧面25a,26aの間で第1幅W4が画定され、これは、第1側壁9aと第2側壁9bの最大間隔W3よりも小さい。第1及び第2***部25,26の配備のため、スライダー9の幅方向における第1側壁9aと第2側壁9bの間隔は、第1翼板94からより離れた第2位置よりも第1翼板94により近い第1位置において狭くなる。尚、第1及び第2***部25,26は、各々、スライダー9の中心線CLに沿う第1側壁9a及び第2側壁9bの全長に亘って形成され得る。また、第1及び第2***部25,26は、各々、スライダー9の中心線CLに関して鏡像対称に形成され得る。
More specifically, the first protuberance 25 protrudes from the pressing surface 27 of the first side wall 9a toward the second side wall 9b, and is positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the pressing surface 27. It has a non-pressing surface 25a. The second protruding portion 26 protrudes from the pressing surface 28 of the second side wall 9b toward the first side wall 9a, and in short, the non-pressing surface 26a positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the pressing surface 28 is. have. A first width W4 is defined between these non-pressing surfaces 25a, 26a, which is smaller than the maximum spacing W3 between the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b. Due to the provision of the first and second ridges 25, 26, the spacing between the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 is at least a first distance from the first vane 94 at a second location further away from the first vane 94. It narrows at a first position closer to vanes 94 . In addition, the first and second raised portions 25 and 26 can be formed over the entire length of the first side wall 9a and the second side wall 9b along the center line CL of the slider 9, respectively. Also, the first and second protrusions 25 and 26 may be formed mirror-symmetrically with respect to the center line CL of the slider 9 .
好適には、スライダー9の幅方向における第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの最大間隔W3は、連結柱96よりも後方の全位置において、スライダー9の幅方向における第3及び第4側壁9c,9dの最大間隔W2よりも大きく設定される。小型なコイル状エレメントの採用が促進されて上述と同様の効果(例えば、上述の位置ズレの程度を小さくすること)が達成される。
Preferably, the maximum distance W3 between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b in the width direction of the slider 9 is equal to the third and fourth side walls 9c and 9c in the width direction of the slider 9 at all positions behind the connecting post 96. It is set larger than the maximum interval W2 of 9d. Employment of a small coiled element is promoted to achieve the same effect as described above (for example, reducing the degree of positional deviation described above).
第2翼板95は、係合状態の第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16の上下方向における位置を規制するべく連結柱96から後方に延びる凸状の仕切り部131を有することができる。仕切り部131の上方の位置で第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16の各係合頭部37が係合し、かつ係合解除される。仕切り部131は、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dの中間の位置を延びる。仕切り部131は、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dよりも低背に形成される。上述のように第1翼板94に受容溝G3を設けることにより第1翼板94と第2翼板95の上下間隔を狭くすることができ、許容範囲のスライダー9の上下寸法内で仕切り部131を第2翼板95に設けることもできる。尚、上述の受容溝G3は、スライダー9の幅方向において仕切り部131よりも幅広又は同等の幅に形成され、これにより第1翼板94と上顎62の干渉を効果的に回避又は抑制することができる。
The second blade 95 can have a convex partition 131 extending rearward from the connecting post 96 to regulate the vertical position of the first and second coiled elements 15 and 16 in the engaged state. At a position above the partition 131, the engaging heads 37 of the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged. The partition part 131 extends at an intermediate position between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d. The partition part 131 is formed lower than the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d. By providing the receiving groove G3 in the first blade plate 94 as described above, the vertical interval between the first blade plate 94 and the second blade plate 95 can be narrowed. 131 can also be provided on the second blade 95 . The above-described receiving groove G3 is formed to have a width wider than or equal to that of the partition portion 131 in the width direction of the slider 9, thereby effectively avoiding or suppressing interference between the first blade 94 and the upper jaw 62. can be done.
雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6は、第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの間で圧迫されてスライダー9内で嵌合する。他方、第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16は、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dの間で圧迫されることなくそれらの間で係合し、かつ係合解除される。第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16は、規定の移動軌跡に沿って移動することにより外力を必要とすることなく係合し、かつ係合解除される。従って、コイル状エレメントの追加に伴ってスライダー9の摺動が許容範囲外に重くなることはない。
The male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 are pressed between the first and second side walls 9a, 9b and fitted within the slider 9. On the other hand, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d without being squeezed therebetween. The first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are engaged and disengaged without the need for external forces by moving along defined movement trajectories. Therefore, the sliding of the slider 9 does not become heavier than the allowable range due to the addition of the coiled element.
連結柱96は、第1翼板94と第2翼板95の間で略同一の断面形状を保持し、スライダー9の成形用金型を簡素化することができる。雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6は、連結柱96の後端位置P6から第1距離だけ離れた位置で嵌合完了する。同様、第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16は、連結柱96の後端位置P6から第1距離又はこれとは異なる第2距離だけ離れた位置で係合完了する。
The connecting post 96 maintains substantially the same cross-sectional shape between the first wing plate 94 and the second wing plate 95, and the mold for molding the slider 9 can be simplified. The male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 are completely fitted at a position separated by a first distance from the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96 . Similarly, the first and second coiled elements 15, 16 complete engagement at a first distance or a second distance away from the rear end position P6 of the connecting post 96. As shown in FIG.
第2距離が第1距離よりも短い場合、スライダー9の前進時に関しては、コイル状エレメント15,16の係合が、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の嵌合よりも時間的に先であると言える。スライダー9の後進時に関しては、前者の係合解除が、後者の係合解除よりも時間的に後であると言える。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の嵌合とコイル状エレメント15,16と係合を略同一時点にて行うことにより、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6の嵌合の影響を受けてコイル状エレメント15,16同士が誤係合又は係合不能になることが抑制される。例えば、コイル状エレメント15の係合頭部37とコイル状エレメント16の係合頭部37同士が衝突して上手く係合しない事態が回避され得る。
When the second distance is shorter than the first distance, the engagement of the coiled elements 15 and 16 is temporally greater than the engagement of the male and female fittings 5 and 6 when the slider 9 moves forward. can be said to be ahead. Regarding the time of backward movement of the slider 9, it can be said that the disengagement of the former comes later than the disengagement of the latter. By performing the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 and the engagement with the coiled elements 15 and 16 at substantially the same time, the influence of the fitting of the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 is reduced. This prevents the coiled elements 15 and 16 from being erroneously engaged or disengaged from each other. For example, it is possible to avoid a situation where the engaging head 37 of the coiled element 15 and the engaging head 37 of the coiled element 16 collide with each other and fail to engage well.
スライダー9は、第1コイル状エレメント15の反転部38の湾曲面に相補的に形状づけられたエレメント案内部45を有することができ、また、第2コイル状エレメント16の反転部38の湾曲面に相補的に形状づけられたエレメント案内部46を有することができる。エレメント案内部45,46は、各々、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dに連結して設けられ、かつそれらよりもスライダー9の中心線CL寄りに位置付けられる。各エレメント案内部45,46は、半凹状の湾曲面を有する。スライダー9の中心線CLの両側に位置するエレメント案内部45,46により第1及び第2コイル状エレメント15,16が支持され、これによりスライダー9内でのそれらが適切な高さに設定される。
The slider 9 can have an element guide portion 45 shaped complementary to the curved surface of the inverted portion 38 of the first coiled element 15 and also the curved surface of the inverted portion 38 of the second coiled element 16 . can have an element guide 46 shaped complementary to the . The element guide portions 45, 46 are connected to the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d, respectively, and positioned closer to the center line CL of the slider 9 than the side walls 9c, 9d. Each element guide 45, 46 has a semi-concave curved surface. The first and second coiled elements 15, 16 are supported by the element guides 45, 46 located on both sides of the center line CL of the slider 9, thereby setting them at appropriate heights within the slider 9. .
図34及び図35を参照して補足的に説明する。スライダー9が後進する時、嵌合状態の雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6は、スライダー9の後口からスライダー9内に直線的に進入する。第1及び第2挿入片99a,99bがガイド溝G1,G2に個別に挿入されていないため、スライダー9内における雄型嵌合部5及び雌型嵌合部6の上下位置は第1翼板94と第2翼板95の間で僅かに変化し得る。
A supplementary explanation will be given with reference to FIGS. When the slider 9 moves backward, the male fitting part 5 and the female fitting part 6 in the fitted state enter the slider 9 straight from the rear opening of the slider 9 . Since the first and second insertion pieces 99a and 99b are not individually inserted into the guide grooves G1 and G2, the vertical positions of the male fitting portion 5 and the female fitting portion 6 in the slider 9 are the same as those of the first blade plate. It can vary slightly between 94 and the second vane 95 .
雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、連結柱96よりも後方に離れた所定位置において割られて開く。連結柱96の左右両側の位置では、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、既に割り開かれているため、スライダー9に対して大きな力を付与することなく(連結柱96の後方に離れた所定位置で)円滑に雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6を割り開くことができる。スライダー9の後進時、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、スライダー9に対して斜め前方にお互いに離れるように移動する。この過程で雄型突起52により押されて上顎62が上方に押され、下顎61が下方に押され、それらの変位が十分になると雄型突起52が雌型嵌合部6から抜け出る。
The male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are split open at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the male and female fitting portions 5 and 6 are already split open at the positions on both the left and right sides of the connecting post 96, they can be moved to the rear of the connecting post 96 without applying a large force to the slider 9. The male and female fitting portions 5, 6 can be smoothly split open (at a predetermined position apart). When the slider 9 moves backward, the male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 move obliquely forward with respect to the slider 9 so as to separate from each other. In this process, the male projection 52 pushes the upper jaw 62 upward and the lower jaw 61 downward.
コイル状エレメント15,16は、連結柱96よりも後方に離れた所定位置において係合が解除される。連結柱96の左右両側の位置では、コイル状エレメント15,16は、既に係合解除されているため、スライダー9に対して大きな力を付与することなく(連結柱96の後方に離れた所定位置で)円滑にコイル状エレメント15,16の係合を解除することができる。
The coiled elements 15 and 16 are disengaged at a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 to the rear. Since the coiled elements 15 and 16 are already disengaged at the positions on the left and right sides of the connecting post 96 , the coiled elements 15 and 16 do not apply a large force to the slider 9 (predetermined positions away from the connecting post 96 to the rear). d) the engagement of the coiled elements 15, 16 can be released smoothly.
スライダー9が前進する時、雄型嵌合部5は、スライダー9の第1前口M1からスライダー9内に斜めに進入する。同様、雌型嵌合部6は、スライダー9の第2前口M2からスライダー9内に斜めに進入する。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、嵌合解除された分離状態にある。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、第1翼板94と第2翼板95の間で位置規制される。
When the slider 9 moves forward, the male fitting portion 5 obliquely enters the slider 9 from the first front opening M1 of the slider 9 . Similarly, the female fitting portion 6 enters obliquely into the slider 9 from the second front opening M2 of the slider 9 . The male and female mating parts 5, 6 are in an unmated and separated state. The male and female mating parts 5 and 6 are positionally restricted between the first blade 94 and the second blade 95 .
雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、連結柱96よりも後方に離れた所定位置に到達する過程で、第1及び第2側壁9a,9bの間で挟まれて圧迫される。雄型突起52は、下顎61と上顎62の間に挿入され、下顎61を下方に押し、上顎62を上方に押し、それらの変位が十分になると雄型突起52が雌型嵌合部6の受容空間に完全に進入する(同時に、下顎61及び上顎62が傾斜姿勢から平坦姿勢に復帰する)。第1翼板94に形成された受容溝G3のおかげで上顎62と第1翼板94の干渉が回避され、又はその程度が低減され、スライダー9の摺動が重くなることが回避又は抑制される。この点は、スライダー9の後進時よりもスライダー9の摺動が重くなるスライダー9の前進時に特に有利である。
The male and female fitting parts 5 and 6 are pinched and pressed between the first and second side walls 9a and 9b in the process of reaching a predetermined position away from the connecting post 96 rearward. The male projection 52 is inserted between the lower jaw 61 and the upper jaw 62 and pushes the lower jaw 61 downward and the upper jaw 62 upward until their displacement is sufficient so that the male projection 52 engages the female fitting portion 6 . Full entry into the receiving space (at the same time the lower jaw 61 and upper jaw 62 return from the tilted position to the flat position). Interference between the upper jaw 62 and the first blade 94 is avoided or reduced to a lesser degree by the receiving groove G3 formed in the first blade 94, and heavy sliding of the slider 9 is avoided or suppressed. be. This point is particularly advantageous when the slider 9 moves forward when the slider 9 slides more heavily than when the slider 9 moves backward.
コイル状エレメント15,16は、連結柱96よりも後方に離れた所定位置に到達する過程で、第3及び第4側壁9c,9dの間で圧迫されることなく、専らその移動軌跡に沿った移動により係合状態になる。
The coiled elements 15, 16 are not pressed between the third and fourth side walls 9c, 9d in the process of reaching a predetermined position rearwardly of the connecting post 96, and move exclusively along the locus of movement. Movement brings them into engagement.
図36を参照して説明する。図36では、レールファスナーとファスナーチェーンの位置関係が反転し、これに応じてスライダーの構造が変更されている。この場合にも上述と同様の効果が見込まれる。図36に示す場合、コイル状エレメント15,16がガーメント(例えば、防水又は防風ジャケット)の外側に配置され、雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6がガーメントの内側に配置される。雄型及び雌型嵌合部5,6は、ガーメント(例えば、防水又は防風ジャケット)の内側に配置され、ガーメントの外観において目立たない。また、レールファスナー100が閉じた状態において、コイル状エレメント15,16がガーメントの外観に現れる。これは、ガーメントの外観において二重ファスナー17の外観を一般的なスライドファスナー製品と同じに見せることに貢献する。
Description will be made with reference to FIG. In FIG. 36, the positional relationship between the rail fastener and the fastener chain is reversed, and the structure of the slider is changed accordingly. Also in this case, the same effect as described above can be expected. In the case shown in Figure 36, the coiled elements 15, 16 are placed on the outside of the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and the male and female fittings 5, 6 are placed on the inside of the garment. The male and female fittings 5, 6 are located inside the garment (eg waterproof or windproof jacket) and are unobtrusive in the appearance of the garment. Also, the coiled elements 15, 16 appear in the appearance of the garment when the rail fastener 100 is closed. This contributes to making the appearance of the double fastener 17 look the same as that of general slide fastener products in the appearance of the garment.
本明細書には以下の発明も開示されている。
[1]
雄型嵌合部(5)を含む第1ストリンガー(1)と雌型嵌合部(6)を含む第2ストリンガー(2)に対して前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合及び嵌合解除を可能にするべく取り付けられるスライダー(9)であって、
第1翼板(94);
第2翼板(95);
前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)を連結するべく前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱(96);
前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第1翼板(94)の両側縁から前記第2翼板(95)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b);及び
前記第1翼板(94)から離れた位置で前記第1及び前記第2側壁(9a,9b)から前記スライダー(9)の幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出した第1及び第2挿入片(99a,99b)を備え、
前記第1挿入片(99a)が前記第1ストリンガー(1)の第1ガイド溝(G1)に挿入され、前記第2挿入片(99b)が前記第2ストリンガー(2)の第2ガイド溝(G2)に挿入され、これらに応じて、前記スライダー(9)内における前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の前記上下方向の位置が規制される、スライダー。
[2]
前記第1ガイド溝(G1)への前記第1挿入片(99a)の挿入及び前記第2ガイド溝(G2)への前記第2挿入片(99b)の挿入に基づいて、前記スライダー(9)内において嵌合完了した状態の前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)が、前記第1翼板(94)に対して上方空間(SP1)を空けて配置され、かつ前記第2翼板(95)に対して下方空間(SP2)を空けて配置される、[1]に記載のスライダー。
[3]
前記第1ガイド溝(G1)への前記第1挿入片(99a)の挿入及び前記第2ガイド溝(G2)への前記第2挿入片(99b)の挿入に基づいて、前記第1ストリンガー(1)の第1取付シート(21)及び前記第2ストリンガー(2)の第2取付シート(22)が、前記第1翼板(94)寄りに位置付けられる、[2]に記載のスライダー。
[4]
前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、一対の顎(61,62)を含み、
前記スライダー(9)内での前記雄型嵌合部(5)と前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合過程において、前記一対の顎(61,62)の各々が、前記第1翼板(94)及び前記第2翼板(95)のいずれにも接触しない、[1]~[3]のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
[5]
前記第1翼板(94)及び前記第2翼板(95)の少なくとも一つは、前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する前記一対の顎(61,62)の一つを受容する受容溝(G3)を有する、[4]に記載のスライダー。
[6]
前記第1挿入片(99a)は、前記第1側壁(9a)の先端部の先端面(9a1)と共に前記第1ストリンガー(1)の第1取付シート(21)に接触するように設けられ、かつ前記第2挿入片(99b)は、前記第2側壁(9b)の先端部の先端面(9b1)と共に前記第2ストリンガー(2)の第2取付シート(22)に接触するように設けられる、[1]~[5]のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
[7]
前記第1ストリンガー(1)に対して第3ストリンガー(13)が貼り合わされ、前記第2ストリンガー(2)に対して第4ストリンガー(14)が貼り合わされ、
前記第3及び第4ストリンガー(13,14)は、各々、前記スライダー(9)の前進時、前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合に同期して係合する第1及び第2コイル状エレメント(15,16)を含む、[1]~[6]のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
[8]
前記スライダー(9)は、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第2翼板(95)の両側縁から前記第1翼板(94)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第3及び第4側壁(9c,9d)を更に備える[1]~[7]のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
[9]
前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)の最大間隔は、前記連結柱(96)よりも後方の全位置において、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第3及び第4側壁(9c,9d)の最大間隔よりも大きく設定される[8]に記載のスライダー。 The following inventions are also disclosed in this specification.
[1]
said male fitting (5) and said female fitting to a first stringer (1) comprising a male fitting (5) and a second stringer (2) comprising a female fitting (6); A slider (9) mounted to allow mating and unmating of the joint (6),
a first blade (94);
a second blade (95);
A connecting post (96) extending vertically between the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95). ;
first and second side walls (9a, 9b) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95); and first and second protruding from the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) at a position away from the first blade (94) so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider (9) Equipped with insert pieces (99a, 99b),
The first insert piece (99a) is inserted into the first guide groove (G1) of the first stringer (1), and the second insert piece (99b) is inserted into the second guide groove (G1) of the second stringer (2). G2) to regulate the vertical positions of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) in the slider (9) accordingly.
[2]
Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece (99a) into the first guide groove (G1) and the insertion of the second insertion piece (99b) into the second guide groove (G2), the slider (9) Inside, the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in a state of being fitted are arranged with an upper space (SP1) with respect to the first vane plate (94). , and arranged with a lower space (SP2) with respect to the second blade (95).
[3]
The first stringer ( The slider according to [2], wherein the first attachment sheet (21) of 1) and the second attachment sheet (22) of the second stringer (2) are positioned near the first blade (94).
[4]
said female fitting (6) comprises a pair of jaws (61, 62),
In the process of fitting the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the slider (9), each of the pair of jaws (61, 62) The slider according to any one of [1] to [3], which contacts neither the plate (94) nor the second blade (95).
[5]
At least one of the first wing plate (94) and the second wing plate (95) is engaged with or disengaged from the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6). Slider according to [4], having a receiving groove (G3) for receiving one of said pair of jaws (61, 62) to be displaced.
[6]
The first insertion piece (99a) is provided so as to come into contact with the first attachment sheet (21) of the first stringer (1) together with the tip surface (9a1) of the tip of the first side wall (9a), The second insertion piece (99b) is provided so as to come into contact with the second attachment sheet (22) of the second stringer (2) together with the tip surface (9b1) of the tip of the second side wall (9b). , the slider according to any one of [1] to [5].
[7]
A third stringer (13) is attached to the first stringer (1), and a fourth stringer (14) is attached to the second stringer (2),
The third and fourth stringers (13, 14) are synchronized with the engagement of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) respectively when the slider (9) advances. A slider according to any one of [1] to [6], comprising first and second coiled elements (15, 16) that engage with each other.
[8]
The slider (9) has third and fourth blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94). A slider according to any one of [1] to [7], further comprising sidewalls (9c, 9d).
[9]
The maximum distance between the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) in the width direction of the slider (9) is the above width in the width direction of the slider (9) at all positions behind the connecting post (96) A slider according to [8], which is set larger than the maximum distance between the third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d).
[1]
雄型嵌合部(5)を含む第1ストリンガー(1)と雌型嵌合部(6)を含む第2ストリンガー(2)に対して前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合及び嵌合解除を可能にするべく取り付けられるスライダー(9)であって、
第1翼板(94);
第2翼板(95);
前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)を連結するべく前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱(96);
前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第1翼板(94)の両側縁から前記第2翼板(95)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b);及び
前記第1翼板(94)から離れた位置で前記第1及び前記第2側壁(9a,9b)から前記スライダー(9)の幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出した第1及び第2挿入片(99a,99b)を備え、
前記第1挿入片(99a)が前記第1ストリンガー(1)の第1ガイド溝(G1)に挿入され、前記第2挿入片(99b)が前記第2ストリンガー(2)の第2ガイド溝(G2)に挿入され、これらに応じて、前記スライダー(9)内における前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の前記上下方向の位置が規制される、スライダー。
[2]
前記第1ガイド溝(G1)への前記第1挿入片(99a)の挿入及び前記第2ガイド溝(G2)への前記第2挿入片(99b)の挿入に基づいて、前記スライダー(9)内において嵌合完了した状態の前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)が、前記第1翼板(94)に対して上方空間(SP1)を空けて配置され、かつ前記第2翼板(95)に対して下方空間(SP2)を空けて配置される、[1]に記載のスライダー。
[3]
前記第1ガイド溝(G1)への前記第1挿入片(99a)の挿入及び前記第2ガイド溝(G2)への前記第2挿入片(99b)の挿入に基づいて、前記第1ストリンガー(1)の第1取付シート(21)及び前記第2ストリンガー(2)の第2取付シート(22)が、前記第1翼板(94)寄りに位置付けられる、[2]に記載のスライダー。
[4]
前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、一対の顎(61,62)を含み、
前記スライダー(9)内での前記雄型嵌合部(5)と前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合過程において、前記一対の顎(61,62)の各々が、前記第1翼板(94)及び前記第2翼板(95)のいずれにも接触しない、[1]~[3]のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
[5]
前記第1翼板(94)及び前記第2翼板(95)の少なくとも一つは、前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する前記一対の顎(61,62)の一つを受容する受容溝(G3)を有する、[4]に記載のスライダー。
[6]
前記第1挿入片(99a)は、前記第1側壁(9a)の先端部の先端面(9a1)と共に前記第1ストリンガー(1)の第1取付シート(21)に接触するように設けられ、かつ前記第2挿入片(99b)は、前記第2側壁(9b)の先端部の先端面(9b1)と共に前記第2ストリンガー(2)の第2取付シート(22)に接触するように設けられる、[1]~[5]のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
[7]
前記第1ストリンガー(1)に対して第3ストリンガー(13)が貼り合わされ、前記第2ストリンガー(2)に対して第4ストリンガー(14)が貼り合わされ、
前記第3及び第4ストリンガー(13,14)は、各々、前記スライダー(9)の前進時、前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合に同期して係合する第1及び第2コイル状エレメント(15,16)を含む、[1]~[6]のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
[8]
前記スライダー(9)は、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第2翼板(95)の両側縁から前記第1翼板(94)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第3及び第4側壁(9c,9d)を更に備える[1]~[7]のいずれか一項に記載のスライダー。
[9]
前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)の最大間隔は、前記連結柱(96)よりも後方の全位置において、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第3及び第4側壁(9c,9d)の最大間隔よりも大きく設定される[8]に記載のスライダー。 The following inventions are also disclosed in this specification.
[1]
said male fitting (5) and said female fitting to a first stringer (1) comprising a male fitting (5) and a second stringer (2) comprising a female fitting (6); A slider (9) mounted to allow mating and unmating of the joint (6),
a first blade (94);
a second blade (95);
A connecting post (96) extending vertically between the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95). ;
first and second side walls (9a, 9b) extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95); and first and second protruding from the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) at a position away from the first blade (94) so as to approach each other in the width direction of the slider (9) Equipped with insert pieces (99a, 99b),
The first insert piece (99a) is inserted into the first guide groove (G1) of the first stringer (1), and the second insert piece (99b) is inserted into the second guide groove (G1) of the second stringer (2). G2) to regulate the vertical positions of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) in the slider (9) accordingly.
[2]
Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece (99a) into the first guide groove (G1) and the insertion of the second insertion piece (99b) into the second guide groove (G2), the slider (9) Inside, the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in a state of being fitted are arranged with an upper space (SP1) with respect to the first vane plate (94). , and arranged with a lower space (SP2) with respect to the second blade (95).
[3]
The first stringer ( The slider according to [2], wherein the first attachment sheet (21) of 1) and the second attachment sheet (22) of the second stringer (2) are positioned near the first blade (94).
[4]
said female fitting (6) comprises a pair of jaws (61, 62),
In the process of fitting the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the slider (9), each of the pair of jaws (61, 62) The slider according to any one of [1] to [3], which contacts neither the plate (94) nor the second blade (95).
[5]
At least one of the first wing plate (94) and the second wing plate (95) is engaged with or disengaged from the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6). Slider according to [4], having a receiving groove (G3) for receiving one of said pair of jaws (61, 62) to be displaced.
[6]
The first insertion piece (99a) is provided so as to come into contact with the first attachment sheet (21) of the first stringer (1) together with the tip surface (9a1) of the tip of the first side wall (9a), The second insertion piece (99b) is provided so as to come into contact with the second attachment sheet (22) of the second stringer (2) together with the tip surface (9b1) of the tip of the second side wall (9b). , the slider according to any one of [1] to [5].
[7]
A third stringer (13) is attached to the first stringer (1), and a fourth stringer (14) is attached to the second stringer (2),
The third and fourth stringers (13, 14) are synchronized with the engagement of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) respectively when the slider (9) advances. A slider according to any one of [1] to [6], comprising first and second coiled elements (15, 16) that engage with each other.
[8]
The slider (9) has third and fourth blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94). A slider according to any one of [1] to [7], further comprising sidewalls (9c, 9d).
[9]
The maximum distance between the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) in the width direction of the slider (9) is the above width in the width direction of the slider (9) at all positions behind the connecting post (96) A slider according to [8], which is set larger than the maximum distance between the third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d).
上述の教示を踏まえ、当業者は、各実施形態及び各特徴に対して様々な変更を加えることができる。嵌合部11,12に関しては、本願に開示のもの以外の他の様々な形状を採用することができる。補強シートは、単層に限らず、複層としても良い。例えば、補強シートは、織物と紙の積層物である。請求の範囲に盛り込まれた符号は、参考のためであり、請求の範囲を限定解釈する目的で参照されるべきものではない。
Based on the above teachings, a person skilled in the art can make various modifications to each embodiment and each feature. Various other shapes other than those disclosed herein can be employed for the mating portions 11 and 12 . The reinforcing sheet is not limited to a single layer, and may be multi-layered. For example, the reinforcing sheet is a laminate of fabric and paper. Reference signs in the claims are for reference only and should not be construed for the purpose of limiting the scope of the claims.
1 :ストリンガー
2 :ストリンガー
5 :雄型嵌合部
6 :雌型嵌合部
10 :レール部
11 :嵌合部
12 :嵌合部
21 :取付シート
21a :内側縁
21b :外側縁
22 :取付シート
22a :内側縁
22b :外側縁
31 :補強シート
32 :補強シート
41 :表皮部
42 :表皮部
100 :レールファスナー
200 :押出成形機
240 :口金
240a :口金
240b :口金 Reference Signs List 1 : Stringer 2 : Stringer 5 : Male fitting part 6 : Female fitting part 10 : Rail part 11 : Fitting part 12 : Fitting part 21 : Mountingsheet 21a : Inner edge 21b : Outer edge 22 : Mounting sheet 22a: Inner edge 22b: Outer edge 31: Reinforcement sheet 32: Reinforcement sheet 41: Skin part 42: Skin part 100: Rail fastener 200: Extruder 240: Base 240a: Base 240b: Base
2 :ストリンガー
5 :雄型嵌合部
6 :雌型嵌合部
10 :レール部
11 :嵌合部
12 :嵌合部
21 :取付シート
21a :内側縁
21b :外側縁
22 :取付シート
22a :内側縁
22b :外側縁
31 :補強シート
32 :補強シート
41 :表皮部
42 :表皮部
100 :レールファスナー
200 :押出成形機
240 :口金
240a :口金
240b :口金 Reference Signs List 1 : Stringer 2 : Stringer 5 : Male fitting part 6 : Female fitting part 10 : Rail part 11 : Fitting part 12 : Fitting part 21 : Mounting
Claims (34)
- 第1取付シート(21)と第1嵌合部(11)を含む第1ストリンガー(1)と、第2取付シート(22)と第2嵌合部(12)を含む第2ストリンガー(2)を備え、前記第1及び第2嵌合部(11,12)が嵌合してレール部(10)が形成されるレールファスナー(100)であって、
前記第1取付シート(21)は、可撓性のある第1補強シート(31)と、前記第1補強シート(31)を少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく前記第1嵌合部(11)から延出し、前記第1嵌合部(11)の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第1表皮部(41)を含み、
前記第2取付シート(22)は、可撓性のある第2補強シート(32)と、前記第2補強シート(32)を少なくとも部分的に被覆するべく前記第2嵌合部(12)から延出し、前記第2嵌合部(12)の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る第2表皮部(42)を含み、
前記第1及び第2嵌合部(11,12)は、前記第1及び第2嵌合部(11,12)の嵌合時、前記第1補強シート(31)の内側縁(31a)よりもシート外方に位置する前記第1表皮部(41)又は前記第1嵌合部(11)の第1接触面(71)と、前記第2補強シート(32)の内側縁(32a)よりもシート外方に位置する前記第2表皮部(42)又は前記第2嵌合部(12)の第2接触面(72)が、前記第1及び第2補強シート(31,32)の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触するように構成される、レールファスナー。 A first stringer (1) comprising a first attachment seat (21) and a first fitting portion (11) and a second stringer (2) comprising a second attachment seat (22) and a second fitting portion (12) A rail fastener (100) in which the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are fitted to form a rail portion (10),
Said first mounting sheet (21) comprises a flexible first reinforcing sheet (31) and a tape from said first fitting (11) to at least partially cover said first reinforcing sheet (31). including a first skin portion (41) extending and made of the same resin as the resin of the first fitting portion (11),
Said second mounting sheet (22) comprises a flexible second stiffening sheet (32) and from said second fitting (12) to at least partially cover said second stiffening sheet (32). including a second skin portion (42) extending and made of the same resin as the resin of the second fitting portion (12),
When the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are fitted, the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are separated from the inner edge (31a) of the first reinforcing sheet (31). From the first contact surface (71) of the first skin portion (41) or the first fitting portion (11) located on the outer side of the seat and the inner edge (32a) of the second reinforcing sheet (32) The second contact surface (72) of the second skin portion (42) or the second fitting portion (12) positioned further outside the seat is positioned between the first and second reinforcing sheets (31, 32). A rail fastener configured to compress and contact each other with a . - 前記第1及び第2嵌合部(11,12)の嵌合時、前記第1表皮部(41)の第1接触面(71)と、前記第2表皮部(42)の第2接触面(72)が、前記第1及び第2補強シート(31,32)の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触する請求項1に記載のレールファスナーであって、
前記第1嵌合部(11)は、少なくとも雄型突起(52)を含む雄型嵌合部(5)であり、前記第2嵌合部(12)は、前記雄型突起(52)を受容する受容空間(65)を有し、かつ前記受容空間(65)から前記雄型突起(52)が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられた雌型嵌合部(6)である、レールファスナー。 When the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are fitted together, the first contact surface (71) of the first skin portion (41) and the second contact surface of the second skin portion (42) 2. A rail fastener according to claim 1, wherein (72) is in compressive contact with each other between said first and second reinforcing sheets (31, 32),
Said first mating part (11) is a male mating part (5) comprising at least a male protrusion (52) and said second mating part (12) comprises said male protrusion (52). a female fitting (6) having a receiving space (65) for receiving and configured to prevent disengagement of said male projection (52) from said receiving space (65); rail fastener. - 前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記受容空間(65)が前記第2補強シート(32)上に配されるように設けられることを特徴とする請求項2に記載のレールファスナー。 The rail fastener according to claim 2, characterized in that the female fitting part (6) is provided such that the receiving space (65) is arranged on the second reinforcing sheet (32).
- 前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記雌型嵌合部(6)からの前記雄型突起(52)の離脱を阻止する係止面(63s)が設けられた係止突起(63)を有し、前記係止面(63s)は、前記第2補強シート(32)上に位置付けられることを特徴とする請求項3に記載のレールファスナー。 The female fitting part (6) has a locking projection (63) provided with a locking surface (63s) that prevents the male projection (52) from being detached from the female fitting part (6). 4. A rail fastener according to claim 3, wherein said locking surface (63s) is positioned on said second stiffening sheet (32).
- 前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記受容空間(65)を画定するべく対向配置された下顎(61)及び上顎(62)を含み、
前記下顎(61)は、下側係止面(63s)を有するべく上方に突出した下側係止突起(63)を含み、前記上顎(62)は、上側係止面(64s)を有するべく下方に突出した上側係止突起(64)を含み、
前記雄型突起(52)は、首部(52a)と頭部(52b)を有する矢型突起であり、前記頭部(52b)が、下側被係止面(52f)を有するべく下方に突出した下側被係止部(52d)と、上側被係止面(52e)を有するべく上方に突出した上側被係止部(52c)を有し、
前記下側係止面(63s)と前記上側係止面(64s)が前記第2補強シート(32)上に位置付けられることを特徴とする請求項3又は4に記載のレールファスナー。 said female fitting (6) comprises a lower jaw (61) and an upper jaw (62) oppositely arranged to define said receiving space (65);
The lower jaw (61) includes a lower locking projection (63) projecting upward to have a lower locking surface (63s) and the upper jaw (62) to have an upper locking surface (64s). including a downwardly projecting upper locking projection (64);
Said male projection (52) is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck (52a) and a head (52b), said head (52b) protruding downward to have a lower latching surface (52f). a lower locked portion (52d) and an upper locked portion (52c) protruding upward to have an upper locked surface (52e);
A rail fastener according to claim 3 or 4, characterized in that said lower locking surface (63s) and said upper locking surface (64s) are positioned on said second stiffening sheet (32). - 前記下側係止面(63s)は、上方に延びるに応じて前記下顎(61)と前記上顎(62)の結合部(68)に接近するように傾斜し、前記上側係止面(64s)は、下方に延びるに応じて前記結合部(68)に接近するように傾斜し、
前記下側被係止面(52f)は、前記下側係止面(63s)との接触のために傾斜し、前記上側被係止面(52e)は、前記上側係止面(64s)との接触のために傾斜することを特徴とする請求項5に記載のレールファスナー。 The lower locking surface (63s) is inclined so as to approach the joint (68) of the lower jaw (61) and the upper jaw (62) as it extends upward, and the upper locking surface (64s) is inclined to approach said coupling portion (68) as it extends downwardly;
The lower locked surface (52f) is inclined for contact with the lower locked surface (63s), and the upper locked surface (52e) is aligned with the upper locked surface (64s). 6. The rail fastener according to claim 5, wherein the rail fastener is slanted for contact with the . - 第1翼板(94)、第2翼板(95)、前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)を連結するべく前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱(96)、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第1翼板(94)の両側縁から前記第2翼板(95)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)、及び前記第1翼板(94)から離れた位置で前記第1及び前記第2側壁(9a,9b)から前記スライダー(9)の幅方向にお互いに接近するように突出した第1及び第2挿入片(99a,99b)を含むスライダー(9)を更に備え、前記第1挿入片(99a)が前記第1ストリンガー(1)の第1ガイド溝(G1)に挿入され、前記第2挿入片(99b)が前記第2ストリンガー(2)の第2ガイド溝(G2)に挿入される、請求項2乃至6のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 a first blade (94), a second blade (95), the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) A connecting post (96) extending vertically between the plates (95), from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95) First and second side walls (9a, 9b) extending along the vertical direction, and the slider (9) from the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) at a position away from the first vane (94) further comprising a slider (9) including first and second insert pieces (99a, 99b) projecting so as to approach each other in the width direction of the first stringer (1); 7. Any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the second insertion piece (99b) is inserted into the second guide groove (G2) of the second stringer (2). rail fasteners as described in paragraph.
- 前記第1ガイド溝(G1)への前記第1挿入片(99a)の挿入及び前記第2ガイド溝(G2)への前記第2挿入片(99b)の挿入に基づいて、(i)前記スライダー(9)内における前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の前記上下方向の位置が規制され、及び/又は、(ii)前記スライダー(9)内において嵌合完了した状態の前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)が、前記第1翼板(94)に対して上方空間(SP1)を空けて配置され、かつ前記第2翼板(95)に対して下方空間(SP2)を空けて配置される、請求項7に記載のレールファスナー。 Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece (99a) into the first guide groove (G1) and the insertion of the second insertion piece (99b) into the second guide groove (G2), (i) the slider (9) the vertical positions of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) are regulated; and/or (ii) fitting within the slider (9). The male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the completed state are arranged with an upper space (SP1) with respect to the first blade (94), and 8. The rail fastener according to claim 7, wherein the two blades (95) are arranged with a lower space (SP2) therebetween.
- 前記第1ガイド溝(G1)への前記第1挿入片(99a)の挿入及び前記第2ガイド溝(G2)への前記第2挿入片(99b)の挿入に基づいて、前記第1取付シート(21)及び前記第2取付シート(22)が、前記第1翼板(94)寄りに位置付けられる、請求項7又は8に記載のレールファスナー。 Based on the insertion of the first insertion piece (99a) into the first guide groove (G1) and the insertion of the second insertion piece (99b) into the second guide groove (G2), the first mounting sheet The rail fastener according to claim 7 or 8, wherein (21) and said second mounting sheet (22) are positioned closer to said first vane (94).
- 前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記受容空間(65)を画定するべく対向配置された一対の顎(61,62)を含み、
前記スライダー(9)内での前記雄型嵌合部(5)と前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合過程において、前記一対の顎(61,62)の各々が、前記第1翼板(94)及び前記第2翼板(95)のいずれにも接触しない、請求項7乃至9のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 said female fitting (6) comprises a pair of jaws (61, 62) opposedly arranged to define said receiving space (65);
In the process of fitting the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) in the slider (9), each of the pair of jaws (61, 62) 10. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7 to 9, wherein it does not contact either the plate (94) or the second vane (95). - 前記第1挿入片(99a)は、前記第1側壁(9a)の先端部の先端面(9a1)と共に前記第1取付シート(21)に接触するように設けられ、かつ前記第2挿入片(99b)は、前記第2側壁(9b)の先端部の先端面(9b1)と共に前記第2取付シート(22)に接触するように設けられる、請求項7乃至10のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The first insertion piece (99a) is provided so as to come into contact with the first mounting sheet (21) together with the tip surface (9a1) of the tip of the first side wall (9a), and the second insertion piece ( 99b) is provided so as to come into contact with the second mounting sheet (22) together with the tip surface (9b1) of the tip of the second side wall (9b). rail fastener.
- 前記スライダー(9)は、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第2翼板(95)の両側縁から前記第1翼板(94)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第3及び第4側壁(9c,9d)を更に備える、請求項7乃至11のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The slider (9) has third and fourth blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94). A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7 to 11, further comprising side walls (9c, 9d).
- 前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)の間で圧迫されて前記スライダー(9)内で嵌合する、請求項7乃至12のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 said male fitting (5) and said female fitting (6) are compressed between said first and second side walls (9a, 9b) to fit within said slider (9); A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7-12.
- 前記第1挿入片(99a)と前記第2挿入片(99b)の間の間隔は、前記スライダー(9)の移動時に前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)が前記第1挿入片(99a)と前記第2挿入片(99b)の間で圧迫されないように設定される、請求項7乃至13のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The distance between the first insertion piece (99a) and the second insertion piece (99b) is such that the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) are spaced apart when the slider (9) is moved. 14. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7 to 13, wherein is set such that is not compressed between said first insert piece (99a) and said second insert piece (99b).
- 前記連結柱(96)は、前記第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)よりも前方に位置付けられ、かつ前記第1翼板(94)及び前記第2翼板(95)の各前端よりも後方にオフセットして位置付けられる、請求項7乃至14のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The connecting post (96) is positioned forward of the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) and forward of the front ends of the first blade (94) and the second blade (95). 15. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 7 to 14, positioned rearwardly offset.
- 前記第1翼板(94)の前端部は、前記連結柱(96)から離れるに応じて前記第2翼板(95)から離れるように傾斜する第1傾斜面(101)を有し、及び、前記第2翼板(95)の前端部は、前記連結柱(96)から離れるに応じて前記第1翼板(94)から離れるように傾斜する第2傾斜面(102)を有する、請求項7乃至15のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The front end of the first blade (94) has a first inclined surface (101) that slopes away from the second blade (95) as the distance from the connecting post (96) increases, and , the front end of the second blade (95) has a second inclined surface (102) inclined away from the first blade (94) as the distance from the connecting post (96) increases. Item 16. The rail fastener according to any one of items 7 to 15.
- 前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記受容空間(65)を画定するべく対向配置された一対の顎(61,62)を含む請求項2乃至6のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー(100)であって、
第1翼板(94)、第2翼板(95)、前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)を連結する連結柱(96)を有するスライダー(9)を更に備え、前記第1翼板(94)及び前記第2翼板(95)の少なくとも一つは、前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する前記一対の顎(61,62)の一つを受容する受容溝(G3)を有する、レールファスナー。 A rail fastener according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein said female mating portion (6) comprises a pair of opposed jaws (61, 62) to define said receiving space (65). (100) and
It further comprises a slider (9) having a first blade (94), a second blade (95), and a connecting post (96) connecting the first blade (94) and the second blade (95). , at least one of the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) is adapted to engage or disengage the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6). A rail fastener having a receiving groove (G3) for receiving one of said pair of jaws (61, 62) that is displaced from time to time. - 前記第1接触面(71)は、前記第1補強シート(31)の内側縁(31a)よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を含み、及び/又は、前記第2接触面(72)は、前記第2補強シート(32)の内側縁(32a)よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面を含むことを特徴とする請求項1乃至17のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 The first contact surface (71) includes a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge (31a) of the first reinforcing sheet (31), and/or the second contact surface (72). 18. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 1 to 17, characterized in that the second reinforcing sheet (32) includes a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge (32a) of the second reinforcing sheet (32).
- 前記雄型嵌合部(5)は、前記雄型突起(52)が結合した閉鎖壁(51)を更に含み、
前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合時、前記雄型突起(52)と前記雌型嵌合部(6)間の1以上の第1接触箇所(P1)と、前記第1接触面(71)と前記第2接触面(72)間の第2接触箇所(P2)に加えて、前記雄型突起(52)に関して前記第2接触箇所(P2)の反対側において前記閉鎖壁(51)と前記雌型嵌合部(6)がお互いに圧迫し合って接触する第3接触箇所(P3)を有するように構成される、請求項2乃至18のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 said male fitting (5) further comprising a closing wall (51) to which said male projection (52) is coupled;
When the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) are fitted together, the male fitting part (5) and the female fitting part (6) are fitted together. 52) and one or more first contact points (P1) between said female fitting (6) and second contact points (P1) between said first contact surface (71) and said second contact surface (72) ( P2), the closing wall (51) and the female mating part (6) press against each other on the opposite side of the second contact point (P2) with respect to the male projection (52). 19. A rail fastener according to any one of claims 2 to 18, configured to have a third contact point (P3) that - 前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記受容空間(65)を画定するべく対向配置された下顎(61)及び上顎(62)を含み、前記第3接触箇所(P3)において前記上顎(62)と前記閉鎖壁(51)がお互いに圧迫し合って接触することを特徴とする請求項19に記載のレールファスナー。 Said female mating part (6) comprises a lower jaw (61) and an upper jaw (62) oppositely arranged to define said receiving space (65), said upper jaw (62) at said third contact point (P3). 20. A rail fastener according to claim 19, characterized in that ) and said closing wall (51) are in pressure contact with each other.
- 前記雄型突起(52)は、首部(52a)と頭部(52b)を有する矢型突起であり、前記頭部(52b)は、上側被係止部(52c)と下側被係止部(52d)を含み、
前記下顎(61)は、前記下側被係止部(52d)が係止される下側係止突起(63)を含み、前記上顎(62)は、前記上側被係止部(52c)が係止される上側係止突起(64)を含み、
前記1以上の第1接触箇所(P1)は、前記上側被係止部(52c)と前記上側係止突起(64)がお互いに圧迫し合って接触した接触箇所(P1a)と、前記下側被係止部(52d)と前記下側係止突起(63)がお互いに圧迫し合って接触した接触箇所(P1b)を含むことを特徴とする請求項20に記載のレールファスナー。 Said male projection (52) is an arrow-shaped projection having a neck (52a) and a head (52b), said head (52b) comprising an upper latched portion (52c) and a lower latched portion. (52d),
The lower jaw (61) includes a lower locking projection (63) to which the lower locked portion (52d) is locked, and the upper jaw (62) has the upper locked portion (52c). including an upper locking projection (64) to be locked;
The one or more first contact points (P1) include a contact point (P1a) where the upper locked portion (52c) and the upper locking projection (64) press against each other and contact, and the lower side. 21. The rail fastener according to claim 20, wherein the locked portion (52d) and the lower locking projection (63) include a contact portion (P1b) where they press against each other and contact. - 前記雌型嵌合部(6)の前記受容空間(65)への前記雄型突起(52)の挿入方向における前記首部(52a)の長さ(D3)は、前記閉鎖壁(51)と前記上側被係止部(52c)の間で前記上側係止突起(64)が挟まれた状態での前記閉鎖壁(51)に対する前記上側係止突起(64)の接触点(N2)と前記上側係止面(64s)の最下点(N1)の間隔(D2)又はこの間隔(D2)の最小値未満である、請求項21に記載のレールファスナー。 The length (D3) of the neck (52a) in the insertion direction of the male projection (52) into the receiving space (65) of the female fitting (6) is defined by the closing wall (51) and the A contact point (N2) of the upper locking projection (64) with the closing wall (51) in a state where the upper locking projection (64) is sandwiched between the upper locked portion (52c) and the upper 22. A rail fastener according to claim 21, wherein the distance (D2) of the lowest point (N1) of the locking surface (64s) is less than or the minimum value of this distance (D2).
- 次の(a)~(c)のいずれかの条件が満足される:
(a)前記第1及び第2補強シート(31,32)それぞれは、紙、不織布、織物、及び編物から成る群から選択される少なくとも1つを含む;
(b)前記第1補強シート(31)の両面が前記第1表皮部(41)により被覆され、前記第2補強シート(32)の両面が前記第2表皮部(42)により被覆される;及び
(c)前記第1補強シート(31)の少なくとも片面上における前記第1表皮部(41)の層厚が、前記第1補強シート(31)の厚み以下であり、前記第2補強シート(32)の少なくとも片面上における前記第2表皮部(42)の層厚が、前記第2補強シート(32)の厚み以下である、請求項1乃至22のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー。 Any one of the following conditions (a)-(c) is satisfied:
(a) each of said first and second reinforcing sheets (31, 32) comprises at least one selected from the group consisting of paper, nonwoven fabric, woven fabric and knitted fabric;
(b) Both sides of the first reinforcing sheet (31) are covered with the first skin (41), and both sides of the second reinforcing sheet (32) are covered with the second skin (42); and (c) the layer thickness of the first skin portion (41) on at least one side of the first reinforcing sheet (31) is equal to or less than the thickness of the first reinforcing sheet (31), and the second reinforcing sheet ( 23. The rail fastener according to any one of claims 1 to 22, wherein the layer thickness of said second skin portion (42) on at least one side of 32) is equal to or less than the thickness of said second reinforcing sheet (32). - 請求項2乃至17のいずれか一項に記載のレールファスナー(100)と、
前記レールファスナー(100)に対して貼り合わされたファスナーチェーン(7)と、
第1翼板(94)、第2翼板(95)、前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)を連結するべく前記第1翼板(94)と前記第2翼板(95)の間で上下方向に延びる連結柱(96)を有するスライダー(9)を備える二重ファスナー(17)であって、
前記ファスナーチェーン(7)は、第1ストリンガー(1)に対して貼り合わされた第3ストリンガー(13)と、前記第2ストリンガー(2)に対して貼り合わされた第4ストリンガー(14)を含み、
前記第3及び第4ストリンガー(13,14)は、各々、前記スライダー(9)の前進時、前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合に同期して係合する第1及び第2コイル状エレメント(15,16)を含む、二重ファスナー。 A rail fastener (100) according to any one of claims 2 to 17;
a fastener chain (7) attached to the rail fastener (100);
a first blade (94), a second blade (95), the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) to connect the first blade (94) and the second blade (95) A double fastener (17) comprising a slider (9) having connecting posts (96) extending vertically between plates (95), comprising:
The fastener chain (7) includes a third stringer (13) attached to the first stringer (1) and a fourth stringer (14) attached to the second stringer (2),
The third and fourth stringers (13, 14) are synchronized with the engagement of the male fitting portion (5) and the female fitting portion (6) respectively when the slider (9) advances. A double fastener comprising first and second coiled elements (15, 16) that engage with each other. - 前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記受容空間(65)を画定するべく対向配置された下顎(61)及び上顎(62)を含み、前記上顎(62)が前記下顎(61)よりも前記第2取付シート(22)から離れて位置付けられる、請求項24に記載の二重ファスナー(17)であって、
前記第1翼板(94)は、前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)の嵌合又は嵌合解除時に変位する前記上顎(62)を受容する受容溝(G3)を有する、二重ファスナー。 Said female fitting (6) comprises a lower jaw (61) and an upper jaw (62) opposedly arranged to define said receiving space (65), said upper jaw (62) being closer to said lower jaw (61) than said lower jaw (61). 25. The double fastener (17) of claim 24, positioned remote from said second mounting sheet (22), wherein
The first wing plate (94) has a receiving groove ( G3), double zipper. - 前記受容溝(G3)は、前記第1翼板(94)の後端面に到達するまで前記連結柱(96)の後端に隣接する位置から直線的に延びる、請求項25に記載の二重ファスナー。 26. The double-bar according to claim 25, wherein said receiving groove (G3) extends linearly from a position adjacent to the rear end of said connecting post (96) until it reaches the rear end face of said first vane (94). fastener.
- 前記第2翼板(95)は、係合状態の第1及び第2コイル状エレメント(15,16)の前記上下方向における位置を規制するべく前記連結柱(96)から後方に延びる凸状の仕切り部(131)を有し、前記受容溝(G3)は、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向において前記仕切り部(131)よりも幅広又は同等の幅に形成される、請求項24乃至26のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー。 The second blade (95) has a convex shape extending rearward from the connecting post (96) to regulate the position of the engaged first and second coiled elements (15, 16) in the vertical direction. 27. The slider according to any one of claims 24 to 26, wherein a partition portion (131) is provided, and the receiving groove (G3) is formed to have a width wider than or equal to that of the partition portion (131) in the width direction of the slider (9). A double fastener according to any one of the preceding paragraphs.
- 前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記受容空間(65)を画定するべく対向配置された下顎(61)及び上顎(62)を含み、前記上顎(62)が前記下顎(61)よりも前記第2取付シート(22)から離れて位置付けられ、
前記スライダー(9)は、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第1翼板(94)の両側縁から前記第2翼板(95)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)を更に備える、請求項24乃至26のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー(17)であって、
前記スライダー(9)は、前記第1側壁(9a)から前記第2側壁(9b)に向けて***した第1***部(25)と、前記第2側壁(9b)から前記第1側壁(9a)に向けて***した第2***部(26)を有し、
前記第1***部(25)及び第2***部(26)は、前記上顎(62)の変形を許容する空間を空けて対向配置される、請求項24乃至27のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー。 Said female fitting (6) comprises a lower jaw (61) and an upper jaw (62) opposedly arranged to define said receiving space (65), said upper jaw (62) being closer to said lower jaw (61) than said lower jaw (61). positioned away from said second mounting seat (22);
The slider (9) has first and second blades extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95). 27. The double fastener (17) according to any one of claims 24 to 26, further comprising side walls (9a, 9b),
The slider (9) includes a first raised portion (25) raised from the first side wall (9a) toward the second side wall (9b), and a ) having a second raised portion (26) raised toward the
28. The claim 24 to 27, wherein the first protuberance (25) and the second protuberance (26) are arranged opposite to each other with a space allowing deformation of the upper jaw (62). double zipper. - 前記スライダー(9)は、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第1翼板(94)の両側縁から前記第2翼板(95)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)と、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第2翼板(95)の両側縁から前記第1翼板(94)に向けて前記上下方向沿いに延びる第3及び第4側壁(9c,9d)を有し、
前記雄型嵌合部(5)及び前記雌型嵌合部(6)は、前記第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)の間で圧迫されて前記スライダー(9)内で嵌合し、
前記第1及び第2コイル状エレメント(15,16)は、前記第3及び第4側壁(9c,9d)の間で圧迫されることなくそれらの間で係合し、かつ係合解除される、請求項24乃至28のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー。 The slider (9) has first and second blades extending along the vertical direction from both side edges of the first blade (94) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the second blade (95). Side walls (9a, 9b) and third and third blades extending in the vertical direction from both side edges of the second blade (95) in the width direction of the slider (9) toward the first blade (94). having 4 side walls (9c, 9d);
said male fitting part (5) and said female fitting part (6) are compressed between said first and second side walls (9a, 9b) to fit within said slider (9);
Said first and second coiled elements (15, 16) are engaged and disengaged between said third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d) without compression therebetween. 29. A double fastener according to any one of claims 24-28. - 前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第1及び第2側壁(9a,9b)の最大間隔は、前記連結柱(96)よりも後方の全位置において、前記スライダー(9)の幅方向における前記第3及び第4側壁(9c,9d)の最大間隔よりも大きく設定される、請求項29に記載の二重ファスナー。 The maximum distance between the first and second side walls (9a, 9b) in the width direction of the slider (9) is the above width in the width direction of the slider (9) at all positions behind the connecting post (96) 30. Double fastener according to claim 29, which is set larger than the maximum distance between the third and fourth side walls (9c, 9d).
- 前記第1及び第2コイル状エレメント(15,16)は、各々、前記雄型及び雌型嵌合部(5,6)よりも薄型である、請求項24乃至30のいずれか一項に記載の二重ファスナー。 31. A device according to any one of claims 24 to 30, wherein said first and second coiled elements (15, 16) are each thinner than said male and female fittings (5, 6). double zipper.
- 押出成形機(200)に樹脂材料を供給して前記押出成形機(200)の第1口金(240a)から第1ストリンガー(1)を押し出す工程にして、前記第1ストリンガー(1)が第1取付シート(21)と第1嵌合部(11)を含む工程と、
押出成形機(200)に樹脂材料を供給して前記押出成形機(200)の第2口金(240b)から第2ストリンガー(2)を押し出す工程にして、前記第2ストリンガー(2)が第2取付シート(22)と第2嵌合部(12)を含む工程を含むレールファスナーの製造方法であって、
可撓性のある第1補強シート(31)を前記第1口金(240a)に供給して前記第1ストリンガー(1)の前記第1取付シート(21)に前記第1補強シート(31)を導入する工程にして、前記第1補強シート(31)は、前記第1嵌合部(11)から延出し、かつ前記第1嵌合部(11)の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る前記第1取付シート(21)の第1表皮部(41)により少なくとも部分的に被覆される工程と、
可撓性のある第2補強シート(32)を前記第2口金(240b)に供給して前記第2ストリンガー(2)の前記第2取付シート(22)に前記第2補強シート(32)を導入する工程にして、前記第2補強シート(32)は、前記第2嵌合部(12)から延出し、かつ前記第2嵌合部(12)の樹脂と同一の樹脂から成る前記第2取付シート(22)の第2表皮部(42)により少なくとも部分的に被覆される工程を更に含み、
前記第1及び第2嵌合部(11,12)が嵌合してレール部(10)が形成される時に所定の状態になるように、前記第1口金(240a)の放出口(240m)における前記第1補強シート(31)の位置と前記第2口金(240b)の放出口(240n)における前記第2補強シート(32)の位置が設定され、
前記所定の状態は、前記第1嵌合部(11)及び/又は前記第1表皮部(41)の第1接触面(71)と前記第2嵌合部(12)及び/又は前記第2表皮部(42)の第2接触面(72)が前記第1及び第2補強シート(31,32)の間でお互いに圧迫し合って接触する状態を含む、レールファスナーの製造方法。 A step of supplying the resin material to the extruder (200) and extruding the first stringer (1) from the first die (240a) of the extruder (200), wherein the first stringer (1) is the first a step including a mounting sheet (21) and a first fitting portion (11);
A step of supplying the resin material to the extruder (200) and extruding the second stringer (2) from the second nozzle (240b) of the extruder (200), wherein the second stringer (2) is the second A method for manufacturing a rail fastener including a step including a mounting sheet (22) and a second fitting portion (12),
A flexible first reinforcing sheet (31) is supplied to the first nozzle (240a) to attach the first reinforcing sheet (31) to the first attachment sheet (21) of the first stringer (1). In the introducing step, the first reinforcing sheet (31) extends from the first fitting portion (11) and is made of the same resin as the resin of the first fitting portion (11). being at least partially covered by the first skin (41) of the mounting sheet (21);
A flexible second reinforcing sheet (32) is supplied to the second nozzle (240b) to attach the second reinforcing sheet (32) to the second mounting sheet (22) of the second stringer (2). In the introducing step, the second reinforcing sheet (32) extends from the second fitting portion (12) and is made of the same resin as the resin of the second fitting portion (12). being at least partially covered by the second skin portion (42) of the mounting sheet (22);
The discharge port (240m) of the first base (240a) is formed so as to be in a predetermined state when the first and second fitting portions (11, 12) are fitted to form the rail portion (10). and the position of the second reinforcing sheet (32) at the outlet (240n) of the second nozzle (240b) are set,
The predetermined state includes the first contact surface (71) of the first fitting portion (11) and/or the first skin portion (41) and the second fitting portion (12) and/or the second contact surface (71). A method of manufacturing a rail fastener, comprising a state in which the second contact surfaces (72) of the skin portion (42) are pressed against each other between the first and second reinforcing sheets (31, 32). - 前記第1口金(240a)は、前記第1補強シート(31)の内側縁(31a)よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に前記第1接触面(71)を成形するように構成され、及び/又は、前記第2口金(240b)は、前記第2補強シート(32)の内側縁(32a)よりもシート外方に突出した凸状面に前記第2接触面(72)を成形するように構成されることを特徴とする請求項32に記載のレールファスナーの製造方法。 The first mouthpiece (240a) is configured to form the first contact surface (71) on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge (31a) of the first reinforcing sheet (31). and/or the second base (240b) forms the second contact surface (72) on a convex surface projecting outward from the inner edge (32a) of the second reinforcing sheet (32). 33. A method of manufacturing a rail fastener according to claim 32, wherein the method is configured to:
- 前記第1嵌合部(11)は、少なくとも雄型突起(52)と前記雄型突起(52)が結合した閉鎖壁(51)を含む雄型嵌合部(5)であり、前記第2嵌合部(12)は、前記雄型突起(52)を受容する受容空間(65)を有し、かつ前記受容空間(65)から前記雄型突起(52)が離脱することを阻止するように形状付けられた雌型嵌合部(6)であり、
前記第2口金(240b)の放出口(240n)における前記第2補強シート(32)の位置は、前記雌型嵌合部(6)の前記受容空間(65)が前記第2補強シート(32)上に配されるように設定されることを特徴とする請求項32又は33に記載のレールファスナーの製造方法。 Said first fitting part (11) is a male fitting part (5) comprising at least a male projection (52) and a closing wall (51) to which said male projection (52) is coupled; The fitting part (12) has a receiving space (65) for receiving the male projection (52), and prevents the male projection (52) from being detached from the receiving space (65). a female fitting (6) shaped to
The position of the second reinforcing sheet (32) at the discharge port (240n) of the second mouthpiece (240b) is such that the receiving space (65) of the female fitting part (6) is positioned so that the second reinforcing sheet (32) 34. The method of manufacturing a rail fastener according to claim 32 or 33, wherein the rail fastener is set to be placed on the top.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
TW112107818A TWI851058B (en) | 2022-03-03 | 2023-03-03 | Track zipper and manufacturing method thereof and double zipper |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JPPCT/JP2022/009223 | 2022-03-03 | ||
PCT/JP2022/009223 WO2023166685A1 (en) | 2022-03-03 | 2022-03-03 | Rail fastener and method for manufacturing same |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2023167291A1 true WO2023167291A1 (en) | 2023-09-07 |
Family
ID=87883400
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2022/009223 WO2023166685A1 (en) | 2022-03-03 | 2022-03-03 | Rail fastener and method for manufacturing same |
PCT/JP2023/007879 WO2023167291A1 (en) | 2022-03-03 | 2023-03-02 | Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2022/009223 WO2023166685A1 (en) | 2022-03-03 | 2022-03-03 | Rail fastener and method for manufacturing same |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (2) | WO2023166685A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS4836003Y1 (en) * | 1970-09-28 | 1973-10-29 | ||
JP2003129315A (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2003-05-08 | Tokue:Kk | Working glove |
JP2016505343A (en) * | 2013-01-25 | 2016-02-25 | ナイト・アイズ,インコーポレーテッド | System and method for multi-material extrusion zippers |
-
2022
- 2022-03-03 WO PCT/JP2022/009223 patent/WO2023166685A1/en unknown
-
2023
- 2023-03-02 WO PCT/JP2023/007879 patent/WO2023167291A1/en unknown
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS4836003Y1 (en) * | 1970-09-28 | 1973-10-29 | ||
JP2003129315A (en) * | 2001-10-24 | 2003-05-08 | Tokue:Kk | Working glove |
JP2016505343A (en) * | 2013-01-25 | 2016-02-25 | ナイト・アイズ,インコーポレーテッド | System and method for multi-material extrusion zippers |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2023166685A1 (en) | 2023-09-07 |
TW202348161A (en) | 2023-12-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI713754B (en) | Glue-pouring mold, anti-seepage zipper manufactured by using the glue-pouring mold and product with the anti-seepage zipper | |
AU2005200451B2 (en) | Waterproof slide fastener and apparatus for manufacturing the same | |
US7963009B2 (en) | Slide fastener top end stop | |
US7353570B2 (en) | Slide fastener chain | |
CN102378584B (en) | Slider for slide fastener and quick open-type slide fastener | |
CN1985695B (en) | Waterproof slide fastener | |
US6385818B1 (en) | End stop and slider for reclosable fastener | |
US3377668A (en) | Separating end connection | |
KR870001807Y1 (en) | Separating device for slide fasteners | |
KR100910697B1 (en) | Slider for a fluid tight slide fastener | |
EP0992201A1 (en) | Separable bottom end stop of slide fastener | |
CN103209609B (en) | Slide fastener | |
KR100298803B1 (en) | Detachable bottom stop assembly of immersion slide fastener | |
US4817252A (en) | Fluid-tight slide fastener | |
US20170008435A1 (en) | Molded Surface Fastener | |
JP2008073535A6 (en) | Slider for fluid resistant slide fastener | |
US7669296B2 (en) | Slide fastener | |
EP0021192B1 (en) | Separable slide fastener | |
WO2023167291A1 (en) | Rail fastener, manufacturing method therefor, and double fastener | |
TW201938060A (en) | Slide fastener | |
US20110239415A1 (en) | Closure Device | |
US20150173462A1 (en) | Slide Fastener | |
US8882349B2 (en) | End stops for reclosable fastener and reclosable bag having same | |
WO2022077545A1 (en) | Zipper tooth, zipper, article using zipper and zipper tooth mold | |
WO2014184851A1 (en) | Slide fastener |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23763548 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |